Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S5000 Switch Dell 9.1(1.
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................45 Objectives............................................................................................................................................45 Audience..............................................................................................................................................45 Conventions...............................................................
Control and Monitoring........................................................................................83 asf-mode............................................................................................................................................. 83 banner exec.........................................................................................................................................84 banner login.................................................................................
show environment.............................................................................................................................113 show inventory.................................................................................................................................. 114 show processes cpu.......................................................................................................................... 116 show processes ipc flow-control..........................................
debug dot1x.......................................................................................................................................156 dot1x auth-fail-vlan...........................................................................................................................156 dot1x auth-server.............................................................................................................................. 157 dot1x auth-type mab-only...........................................
show default-gateway...................................................................................................................... 180 show interface management ethernet............................................................................................. 181 show interface management port config.........................................................................................181 8 Access Control Lists (ACL)..............................................................................
seq..................................................................................................................................................... 222 Extended MAC ACL Commands...................................................................................................... 223 deny................................................................................................................................................... 223 mac access-list extended...........................................
AS-Path Commands......................................................................................................................... 252 ip as-path access-list........................................................................................................................ 252 show ip as-path-access-lists............................................................................................................253 IP Community List Commands.........................................................
bgp router-id.....................................................................................................................................282 bgp soft-reconfig-backup................................................................................................................282 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size...................................................................................................283 capture bgp-pdu neighbor................................................................
neighbor route-reflector-client........................................................................................................312 neighbor send-community...............................................................................................................313 neighbor shutdown...........................................................................................................................313 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound......................................................
clear ip bgp peer-group................................................................................................................... 358 debug ip bgp updates.......................................................................................................................358 distance bgp......................................................................................................................................359 neighbor activate...........................................................
11 Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP)........................................................................ 391 reload type.........................................................................................................................................391 show reload-type..............................................................................................................................392 stop jump-start..........................................................................................
show qos dcb-map........................................................................................................................... 421 show interfaces dcbx detail..............................................................................................................422 show interfaces ets...........................................................................................................................426 show interfaces pfc..............................................................
16 Equal Cost Multi-Path Overview (ECMP)..................................................... 453 ecmp-group......................................................................................................................................453 hash-algorithm................................................................................................................................. 454 hash-algorithm ecmp...................................................................................................
show config...................................................................................................................................... 485 show garp timers.............................................................................................................................. 485 show gvrp......................................................................................................................................... 486 show gvrp statistics............................................
clear dampening............................................................................................................................... 514 cx4-cable-length.............................................................................................................................. 515 dampening.........................................................................................................................................516 description.........................................................
show config.......................................................................................................................................565 show interfaces port-channel..........................................................................................................566 show port-channel-flow..................................................................................................................568 UDP Broadcast.......................................................................
25 IPv4 Routing........................................................................................................603 arp..................................................................................................................................................... 603 arp learn-enable............................................................................................................................... 604 arp retries.........................................................................
show ip route....................................................................................................................................640 show ip route list.............................................................................................................................. 642 show ip route summary....................................................................................................................643 show ip traffic..........................................................
clear ipv6 fib...................................................................................................................................... 681 clear ipv6 route................................................................................................................................. 681 clear ipv6 mld_host.......................................................................................................................... 682 ipv6 address autoconfig........................................
bgp router-id..................................................................................................................................... 712 bgp soft-reconfig-backup................................................................................................................ 713 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size....................................................................................................713 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6)......................................................
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound...........................................................................................743 neighbor subnet................................................................................................................................744 neighbor timers.................................................................................................................................744 neighbor update-source...............................................................
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates.............................................................................. 774 debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates...................................................................................................775 distance bgp...................................................................................................................................... 775 neighbor activate.................................................................................
adjacency-check.............................................................................................................................. 807 advertise............................................................................................................................................808 area-password..................................................................................................................................808 clear config......................................................
lsp-gen-interval................................................................................................................................ 835 lsp-mtu..............................................................................................................................................836 lsp-refresh-interval........................................................................................................................... 836 max-area-addresses............................................
mac learning-limit............................................................................................................................. 871 mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation.......................................................................................... 872 mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky...........................................................................................872 mac learning-limit station-move-violation........................................................
multiplier........................................................................................................................................... 903 protocol lldp (Configuration)........................................................................................................... 904 protocol lldp (Interface)................................................................................................................... 904 show lldp neighbors.....................................................
name................................................................................................................................................. 930 protocol spanning-tree mstp........................................................................................................... 931 revision...............................................................................................................................................931 show config.....................................................
show npiv devices.............................................................................................................................965 show fc switch..................................................................................................................................968 show qos dcb-map.......................................................................................................................... 969 39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2)......................................
passive-interface.............................................................................................................................. 996 debug ip ospf.................................................................................................................................... 998 redistribute bgp.............................................................................................................................. 1000 redistribute isis.................................................
clear ip pim rp-mapping.................................................................................................................1043 clear ip pim tib................................................................................................................................ 1044 clear ip pim snooping tib................................................................................................................1044 debug ip pim...................................................................
ipv6 pim sparse-mode....................................................................................................................1076 ipv6 pim spt-threshold................................................................................................................... 1076 show ipv6 pim bsr-router............................................................................................................... 1077 show ipv6 pim interface................................................................
dot1p-priority.................................................................................................................................. 1104 rate police........................................................................................................................................1105 rate shape........................................................................................................................................ 1106 service-class dot1p-mapping...............................
46 Private VLAN (PVLAN)......................................................................................1139 ip local-proxy-arp........................................................................................................................... 1140 private-vlan mode........................................................................................................................... 1141 private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan......................................................................
rmon collection history................................................................................................................... 1171 rmon collection statistics.................................................................................................................1171 rmon event.......................................................................................................................................1172 rmon hc-alarm.............................................................
access-class.................................................................................................................................... 1203 enable password.............................................................................................................................1204 enable restricted............................................................................................................................. 1205 enable secret........................................................
SSH Server and SCP Commands.................................................................................................... 1231 crypto key generate........................................................................................................................ 1232 debug ip ssh.................................................................................................................................... 1233 ip scp topdir.......................................................................
sflow enable (Interface).................................................................................................................. 1259 sflow extended-switch enable.......................................................................................................1260 sflow polling-interval (Global)........................................................................................................1260 sflow polling-interval (Interface)..........................................................
logging source-interface................................................................................................................ 1291 logging synchronous...................................................................................................................... 1292 logging trap..................................................................................................................................... 1293 show logging................................................................
storm-control unknown-unicast (Configuration)......................................................................... 1328 storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface)................................................................................. 1329 57 System Time and Date..................................................................................... 1331 calendar set.....................................................................................................................................
dei mark........................................................................................................................................... 1361 member........................................................................................................................................... 1361 show interfaces dei-honor............................................................................................................. 1362 show interfaces dei-mark............................................
track.................................................................................................................................................1392 virtual-address.................................................................................................................................1393 vrrp delay minimum........................................................................................................................1394 vrrp delay reload................................................
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell S5000 platform.
[X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data.
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. Dell Networking OS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, the system sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Navigating the CLI The Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command.
boot bpdu-destination-mac-address for xStp/Gvrp cam-acl cam-audit parameters cam-acl-egress cam-optimization class-map clock configuration configuration mode crypto policy configuration control-plane-cpuqos configuration default default-vlan define definition dot1x ecmp-group enable parameters end ethernet exit fastpatch fefd-global ftp-server garp hash-algorithm hg-link-bundle-monitor Monitoring hostname http-server interface configure ip subcommands ipv6 subcommands lacp line linecard link-bundle-distribu
parameters privilege Command privilege parameters protocol Select a protocol to configure protocol-tunnel Configure protocol tunneling qos-policy-input Configure input QoS policy qos-policy-output Configure output QoS policy qos-rate-adjust Configure the number of bytes added to each frame for rate policing/shaping radius-server Set up RADIUS server redundancy Set up linecard redundancy configuration reload-type Configure the reload type rmon Configure RMON alarm/event tables route-map Create route-map or e
Key Combination Action CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command.
display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and enter EXEC Privilege mode, which is used to configure the device. When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “FTOS” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode.
Prompt Interface Type FTOS(conf-iffo-0/0)# fortyGigEfollowed by slot/port information (ports 48, 52, 56, or 60) FTOS(conf-iffc-0/0)# FibreChannel followed by slot/port information (ports 0–47) FTOS(conf-iflo-0)# loopback followed by a number (range 0–16383) FTOS(conf-ifnu-0)# null followed by zero (0) FTOS(conf-ifpo-0)# port-channel number (range 1–128) FTOS(conf-ifvl-0)# vlan followed by VLAN id number (range 1–4094) FTOS(conf-ifma-0/0)# managementethernet followed by slot/port information (
2. Use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL. The prompt changes to include (conf-std-macl) or (conf-ext-macl). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. IP ACCESS LIST Mode You must use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command to enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs). To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1.
IP COMMUNITY LIST Mode You must use IP COMMUNITY LIST mode to configure an IP Community ACL on the S5000. For more information, refer to Access Control Lists (ACL). To enter IP COMMUNITY LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip community-list command. Include a name for the Community list. The prompt changes to include (config-community-list). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
To enter RSTP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree rstp command. You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode You must use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure MSTP. For more information, refer to Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
ROUTER ISIS Mode You must use ROUTER ISIS mode to configure intermediate system to intermediate system (ISIS) on the S5000. For more information, refer to the Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) chapter in the S5000 FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the router isis [tag] command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis).
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000platform. cd Change to a different working directory. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History cd directory directory (OPTIONAL) Enter flash: (internal Flash) or any subdirectory. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
To copy a file on an FTP server enter ftp:// user:password@hostip/filepath To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • • Command Modes Command History Usage Information If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; To copy a file on the external FLASH enter usbfl
Example Dell#copy running-config scp:/ Address or name of remote host []: 10.10.10.1 Destination file name [startup-config]? old_running User name to login remote host? sburgess Password to login remote host? dilling In this copy scp: flash: example, specifying SCP in the first position indicates that the target is to be specified in the ensuing prompts. Entering flash: in the second position indicates that the target is the internal Flash.
delete Delete a file from the flash. After deleted, files cannot be restored. S5000 Syntax Parameters delete flash-url [no-confirm] flash-url no-confirm Command Modes Command History Enter the following location and keywords: • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename or directory name.
1 -rwx 6478482 May 13 101 16:54:34 E1200.BIN flash: 64077824 bytes total (57454592 bytes free) Dell# Related Commands cd – changes the working directory. format flash Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory. After the filesystem is formatted, files cannot be restored. S5000 Syntax format flash: Defaults flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You must include the colon and two forward slashes (://) when entering this command. CAUTION: This command deletes all files in the USB flash memory.
Related Commands logging coredump server – designates a sever to upload kernel coredumps. logging coredump server Designate a server to upload core dumps. S5000 Syntax Parameters logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server.
pwd Display the current working directory. S5000 Syntax pwd Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#pwd flash: Dell# Related Commands cd – changes the directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example File Management show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • For internal flash, enter flash: • For external Flash, enter slot0: EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
ip address 10.1.1.1/16 no shutdown ... interface Vlan 1 ! snmp-server community public ro ! protocol lldp ! line console 0 line vty 0 line vty 1 ... ! end Dell# Related Commands format flash – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S5000. show file-systems – displays information about the file systems on the system. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system.
Type Displays the type of storage. If the location is remote, the word network is listed. Flags Displays the access available to the storage location. The following letters indicate the level of access: Prefixes Related Commands • r = read access • w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S5000. show file – Displays the contents of a text file in the local filesystem.
Example Dell# show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime S-Series: SH 9.0(1.3) 61061147 May 9 2013 20:02:52 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : -------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.0(1.3) Control Processor passed runtime 9.0(1.
NOTE: If nothing is configured for that entity, nothing is displayed and the prompt returns.
load-balance for the current port-channel loadbalance configuration logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-addresstable for the current MAC configuration managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration o
Command Modes Command History Example File Management sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanningtree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configuration trace-list for the current trace-list configuration uplinkstate-group
! enable password 7 b125455cf679b208e79b910e85789edf ! username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! stack-unit 0 provision S5000 ! interface fibrechannel 0/0 shutdown ! interface fibrechannel 0/1 shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address shutdown ! ....
end Dell# Dell#show running-config status running-config bytes 4419, checksum 0x8A1D926E startup-config bytes 3002, checksum 0xAFFD4BCA Dell# Example Dell#show running-config status running-config bytes 3956, checksum 0xD236FC8A startup-config bytes 3905, checksum 0xE0F391F8 Dell# Example Dell#show running-config | grep portmode stack-unit 0 port-group 0 portmode ethernet stack-unit 0 port-group 1 portmode ethernet stack-unit 0 port-group 2 portmode ethernet stack-unit 0 port-group 3 portmode Ethernet De
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. S5000 Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#show startup-config ! Version 9-0(1-2) ! Last configuration change at Mon Jun 10 19:20:41 2030 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Jun 10 19:20:42 2030 by default ! boot system stack-unit 0 primary system: B: boot system stack-unit 0 secondary tftp://10.200.200.
Example Dell Force10 Real Time... Name of the operating system Dell Force10 Operating... OS version number Dell Force10 Application Software version Fiber Channel Firmware... Fibre Channel firmware version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system FTOS uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image... Image file name System Type...
upgrade boot (standalone unit) Upgrade the bootflash or bootselector image on a standalone S5000 switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters upgrade boot {bootflash-image| bootselector-image} stack-unit stack-unit—id {booted: | flash://file-path | ftp://file-path | tftp://file-path | usbflash://file-path} boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. bootflashimage Upgrade the boot image in the bootflash partition. bootselectorimage Upgrade the boot image in the bootselector partition.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must reload the switch after entering the upgrade boot command to boot up the switch with the new boot code. Example Dell#upgrade boot bootselector-image stack-unit 0 booted Password: Current BootSelector information in the system: =============================================== Card BootSelector Current Version New Version ----------------------------------------------------------------------Unit0 Boot Selector 1.3.0.
* a board RMA. caution ! Proceed with * *************************************************************** ******** Proceed upgrade Boot Flash image for stack-unit 0 [yes/no]: yes Programming !!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!!. !.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!.!!.!.!.!!.!May 14 19:23:21: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %SYSADM-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Overall cpu usage of management-unit is above threshold.
usbflash: After the keyword usbflash:, enter the location of the source file in the external flash in the format: usbflash:// filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. file-path Enter the path and filename to be used to upgrade the Dell Networking OS image. A: | B: Enter the Dell Networking OS partition to be upgraded with the new image. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the S5000 switch. NOTE: The enable xfp-power-updates command was deprecated for the S5000.
banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. S5000 Syntax Parameters banner exec c line c c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delimiter, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message, ending the message with a delimiter character. In the example below, the delimiter is a percent sign (%). Range: maximum 50 lines, up to 255 characters per line. Defaults No banner is displayed.
banner login Set a banner to be displayed when logging on to the system. S5000 Syntax Parameters banner login {keyboard-interactive | no keyboard-interactive} [c line c] keyboardinteractive Enter the keyword keyboard-interactive to require a carriage return (CR) to get the message banner prompt. c Enter the keywords banner login, then enter a character delimiter, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. S5000 Syntax Parameters banner motd c line c c Enter the keywords banner motd, then enter a character delimiter, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message, ending the message with a delimiter character. In the example below, the delimiter is a percent sign (%). Range: maximum 50 lines, up to 255 characters per line. Defaults No banner is configured.
interval timein-minutes Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword interval followed by the frequency in minutes of the CAM audit. Range: 5 to 1440 minutes (24 hours). Default: 60 minutes. Introduced on the S5000. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding tables. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system.
Related Commands show command-history – displays a buffered log of all the commands entered by all users along with a time stamp. clear line Reset a terminal line. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear line {line-number | console 0 | vty number} line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. Range: 0 to 11. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port.
debug cpu-traffic-stats Enable the collection of computer processor unit (CPU) traffic statistics. S5000 Syntax debug cpu-traffic-stats Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
disable Return to EXEC mode. S5000 Syntax Parameters disable [level] level Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. Range: 0 to 15. Default: 1. Introduced on the S5000. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. S5000 Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults No default behavior.
Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. S5000 Syntax Parameters enable [level] level Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.
Parameters interval seconds Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword interval followed by the polling interval in seconds. Range: 120 to 6000 seconds. Default: 300 seconds (5 minutes). Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to enable polling and to configure the polling frequency. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
exec-banner Enable the display of a text string when the user enters EXEC mode. S5000 Syntax exec-banner Defaults Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). Command Modes LINE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Optionally, use the banner exec command to create a text string that is displayed when you access EXEC mode. This command toggles that display. Related Commands banner exec – configures a banner to display when entering EXEC mode.
Example Dell con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. S5000 Syntax exit Command Modes • EXEC Privilege • CONFIGURATION • LINE, INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • PROTOCOL GVRP • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL Command History Related Commands 94 • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. S5000 Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
Parameters directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends that you specify a top-level directory path. Without a top-level directory path specified, the Dell Networking OS directs users to the flash directory when logging in to the FTP server.
Related Commands ftp-server topdir – sets the directory to be used for incoming FTP connections to the S5000. ftp-server username – sets a username and password for incoming FTP connections to the S5000. hostname Set the host name of the system. S5000 Syntax Parameters hostname name name Defaults FTOS Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long. Introduced on the S5000. The hostname is used in the prompt.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. The password configured by the ip ftp password command is used when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands copy – copy files. ip ftp username – sets the user name for the FTP sessions.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. copy – copies files from and to the switch. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip ftp username username username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands ip ssh server – enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip telnet source-interface type slot/port sourceinterfacetype slot/port Enter the source-interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip tftp source-interface type slot/port sourceinterfacetype slot/port Enter the source-interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers.
vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You cannot delete a terminal connection.
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
• Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data . • Y: Do validate reply data . Default is No. outgoinginterface Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD. sweep-minsize Enter the minimum size of datagram in sweep range. Range: 52-15359 bytes.
Example (IPv4) Symbol Description ! Each exclamation point indicates receipt of a reply. . Each period indicates the network server timed out while waiting for a reply. U A destination unreachable error PDU was received. Q Source quench (destination too busy). M Could not fragment. ? Unknown packet type. & Packet lifetime exceeded. Dell#ping 172.31.1.255 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.
Usage Information If there is a change in the configuration, Dell Networking OS prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command. Related Commands reset stack-unit – resets any designated stack member except the management unit. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. S5000 Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines.
Parameters debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
from vty0 (10.11.51.14) - Repeated 1 time. Dell# Related Commands clear command history – clears the command history log. show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each commands and its options. S5000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command.
ipv6 usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 gigabitethernet usage: 0 SLOT/PORT usage: 0 learning-limit usage: 0 vrrp usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 ipv6 usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 ip usage: 0 access-group usage: 0 WORD usage: 0 WORD usage: 0 ipv6 usage: 0 access-group usage: 0 WORD usage: 0 learning-limit usage: 0 loopback usage: 0 <0-16383> usage: 0 mac usage: 0 access-group usage: 0 WORD usage: 0 in usage: 0 out usage: 0 managementethernet usage: 0 SLOT/PORT usage: 0 port-channel usage: 0 <1-128> usage: 0 learning-limit usa
<1-255> usage: 0 learning-limit usage: 0 tengigabitethernet usage: 0 SLOT/PORT usage: 0 learning-limit usage: 0 vrrp usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 ipv6 usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 <1-16383> usage: 0 <1-4094> usage: 0 vrrp usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 ipv6 usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 vrrp usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 ipv6 usage: 0 <1-255> usage: 0 enable <0-15> usage: 0 option option option option option option option option option option option option option option option option option option option command usage:1 opt
show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. S5000 Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. Range: 1 to 1568. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on the traffic. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. S5000 Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The example below shows the output of the show environment all command. You can also display status for individual components.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If there are no fiber ports in the unit, just the header under show inventory media is displayed. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, the output displays "Media not present or accessible". Example Dell# show inventory System Type System Mode Software Version : S5000 : 3.0 : 9.0(1.
1 6 CCX111430001545 1 7 UJM03PM 1 8 1 9 APF11380028W68 1 10 PMM6PG1 1 11 PMM6N25 1 48 APF12310017UL7 1 52 APF114800218NL 1 56 APF11490011J2P 1 60 UNKNOWN UNKNOWN SFP+ SFP SFP QSFP QSFP QSFP No UNKNOWN UNKNOWN Yes Media not present or accessible 10GBASE-CU1M Yes 1000BASE-SX Yes 1000BASE-SX Yes 40GBASE-CR4-1M Yes 40GBASE-CR4-5M Yes 40GBASE-CR4-1M Yes Media not present or accessible Dell# Related Commands show interfaces – displays a specific interface configuration.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example (summary) Dell#show processes cpu summary Example (managementunit) Dell#show processes cpu management-unit Control and Monitoring CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ----------------------------------------UNIT0 6% 6% 5% Dell# CPU utilization for five seconds: 15%/0%; one minute: 14%; five minutes: 14% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x00000000 10610 1061 10000 8.00% 8.
0.00% 0.00% 0x000000e8 0.00% 0.00% 0x000000e5 0.00% 0.00% 0x000000d8 0.00% 0.00% 0x00000091 0.00% 0.00% 0x0000004e 0.00% 0.00% 0x00000023 0.00% 0.00% 0x000000db 0.00% 0.00% 0x00000002 0.00% 0.00% 0x00000001 0.00% 0.00% 0x00000157 0.00% 0.00% 0x0000016b 0.00% 0.01% Dell# Example (stack-unit) 118 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 40 10 90 80 120 0 25540 0 80 0 10 0 58820 0 24480 0 flashmntr 1 mount_mfs 4 mount_mfs 1 inetd 9 sh 8 sh 12 mount_mfs 2554 arpm 8 sh 1 init 5882 lacp 2448 rtm 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
tSysLog 0x41d27000 350400 35040 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 tExcTask !-------------------output truncated ---------------------! Related Commands show hardware layer2 acl – displays Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware layer3 – displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
Timeout Timeout count Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Aval Retra Number of retries left/available Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: Example • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks. • A sending task enqueues messages into the SWP queue3 for a receiving task and waits for an acknowledgement.
IFMGR0 PORTMIRR0 0 2 2 60 60 IFMGR0 IFAGT12 0 0 1 1 60 60 OTM0 ARPMGR0 0 0 0 0 25 25 OTM0 NDPM0 0 0 0 0 25 25 OTM0 RTM0 0 0 0 0 100 100 OTM0 RTM0 0 0 0 0 100 100 ARPMGR0 OTM0 0 0 0 0 100 100 IFMGR0 MRTM0 0 0 4 4 60 60 ACL0 IPMGR0 0 0 0 0 10 10 FRRP0 L2PM0 0 0 0 0 25 25 STP0 L2PM0 0 0 0 0 25 25 RTM0 IPMGR0 0 0 0 0 255 255 IFMGR0 LACP0 0 0 5 5 60 60 ACL0 SNMP0 0 0 0 0 10 10 ACL0 IPMGR0 0 0 0 0 10 10 RTM0 IPMGR0 0 0 0 0 255 255 IFMGR0 RTM0 0 0 4 4 60 60 ARPMGR0 IPMGR0 0 0 0 0 100 100 !-------------------output
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the S5000 CPU.
CurrentUsed: Total memory currently in use CurrentFree: Total system memory available SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max Maximum dynamic memory allocated Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for the show process memory command displ
xstp 4513792 0 9207808 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 pim 950272 0 0 5345280 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 igmp 499712 0 0 5365760 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 118784 mrtm 5943296 0 0 11030528 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 106496 l2mgr 950272 0 0 20856832 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 l2pm 188416 0 0 5165056 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 arpm 446464 0 0 4796416 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 otm 184320 0 0 4927488 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 114688 dsm 1912832 0 0 7176192 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 !---------------
0 9207808 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 pim 950272 0 0 5345280 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 igmp 499712 0 0 5365760 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 118784 mrtm 5943296 0 0 11030528 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 106496 l2mgr 950272 0 0 20856832 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 l2pm 188416 0 0 5165056 f10appioserv 188416 0 0 139264 !----------------output truncated ------------------! Dell# Example (managementunit) Dell#show processes memory management-unit Total : 2147483648, MaxUsed : 401399808 [04/30/2013 10:34:00]
528 343 lacp 71984 332 ipm1 34184 319 acl 66256 Dell# 0 0 0 107052 528 4800512 71984 5165056 34184 5701632 40796 528 233472 71984 659456 34184 1085440 107052 show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. S5000 Syntax Parameters 126 show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface-type slot/port | stack-unit unit-number | traceflags} clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information.
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number. The range is from 0 to 11. trace-flags Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
stack-unit unitnumber Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Dell# (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number. The range is from 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000.
------------0 0 up 0 1 up AC AC up up -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed Fan3 Speed ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 absent or down 0 1 up up 12000 up 12000 up 12000 up 12000 0 2 up up 12000 up 12000 up 12000 up 12000 0 absent or down Speed in RPM -- Unit 1 -Unit Type Status Required Type : Member Unit : not present : - -- Unit 2 -Unit Type Status Required Type : Member Unit : not present : - -- Unit 3 -Unit Type St
Unit Type Status Required Type : Member Unit : not present : - -- Unit 11 -Unit Type Status Required Type : Member Unit : not present : - Dell# Example (brief) Dell#show system brief Stack MAC : 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c0 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normalreload] -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports ------------------------------------------------------------0 Management online S5000 S5000 1-0-0-45 64 1 Member not present 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member
Master priority Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable POE Capable FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 14 1.0 64 5 day, 17 hr, 10 min 9.0(1.3) yes no disabled A: 1.3.1.1p [booted] 1.3.0.
Related Commands show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. show processes memory – displays memory usage based on running processes. show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member. show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting on S5000 switches.
Example (save) • show environment • show file • show interfaces • show inventory • show ip protocols • show ip route summary • show processes cpu • show processes memory • show redundancy • show running-conf • show version Dell#show tech-support ? page Page through output stack-unit Unit Number | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern fin
CONFIG_TEMPLATE 9 -rwx 6383 Feb 01 2013 02:15:42 +00:00 str 10 -rwx 3659 Apr 05 2013 00:32:58 +00:00 startupconfig 11 -rwx 69 Nov 27 2012 16:48:40 +00:00 TestReportSU-0.txt 12 -rwx 3755 Nov 13 2012 11:22:08 +00:00 pt5diablo.txt 13 -rwx 61824995 Jan 13 2013 13:19:44 +00:00 abc1 14 -rwx 69 Nov 28 2012 17:15:20 +00:00 backup_diag_results.txt 15 -rwx 4442 Jan 06 2013 16:29:24 +00:00 pt-s5000startupconfig 16 -rwx 5075 Jan 12 2013 15:51:18 +00:00 pt5_vlt_tor.
Current Configuration ... ! Version 9.0(1.3) ! Last configuration change at Tue Apr 30 10:12:51 2013 by admin ! boot system stack-unit 1 primary tftp://10.11.8.12/lnaidu-dcb boot system stack-unit 1 secondary tftp://10.11.8.13/FTOSSH-1-0-0-270.bin boot system stack-unit 1 default tftp://10.11.8.13/FTOSSH-1-0-0-270.bin boot system gateway 10.11.227.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Only one occurrence of this notation is permitted in an IPv6 address. word /sourceinterface Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter a word followed by the /source interface keyword, then enter the interface type and slot/ port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. S5000 Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | ip-address | ipv6-address | outgoinginterface} host Enter the name of device. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • Probe count = 3 • 30 hops max • 40 byte packet size • UDP port = 33434 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you enter the traceroute command without specifying an IP address (Extended Traceroute), you are prompted for a target and source IP address, timeout (in seconds) (default is 5), a probe count (default is 3), minimum TTL (default is 1), maximum TTL (default is 30), and port number (default is 33434).
--------------------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets --------------------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
terminal Command Modes Command History Usage Information 140 Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration.
5 802.1ag 802.1ag issupported on the S5000 switch. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). S5000 Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ccm transmit-interval Configure the transmit interval (mandatory). The interval specified applies to all maintenance endpoints (MEPs) in the domain.
clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Delete all link trace cache entries. S5000 Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. S5000 Syntax Parameters database hold-time minutes minutes Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a hold-time.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. domain Create the maintenance domain. S5000 Syntax Parameters domain name md-level number name Name the maintenance domain. md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ethernet cfm Spawn the CFM process. No CFM configuration is allowed until the CFM process is spawned.
ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP. S5000 Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mep {up-mep | down-mep} domain {name | level} maname name mepid mep-id [up-mep | down-mep] • Up-MEP: monitors the forwarding path internal to a bridge on the customer or provider edge; on Dell Networking switches, the internal forwarding path is effectively the switch fabric and forwarding engine. • Down-MEP: monitors the forwarding path external to another bridge.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP. S5000 Syntax Parameters mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Introduced on the S5000. mep cross-check enable Enable cross-checking. S5000 Syntax Parameters mep cross-check enable {port | vlan-id} port Down service with no VLAN association.
mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. S5000 Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Defaults 3 ccms Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. ping ethernet Send a loopback message.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. service Create maintenance association. S5000 Syntax Parameters service name vlan vlan-id name Enter a maintenance association name. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ethernet cfm domain Display maintenance domain information.
Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name VLAN My_MA 200 Domain Name: My_Domain Level: 6 Total Service: 1 Services MA-Name VLAN Your_MA 100 CC-Int 10s X-CHK Status enabled CC-Int 10s X-CHK Status enabled show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local Display configured MEPs and MIPs. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local [mep | mip] mep Enter the keyword mep to display configured MEPs. mip Enter the keyword mip to display configured MIPs.
show ethernet cfm maintenance-points remote Display the MEP Database. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm maintenance-points remote detail [active | domain {level | name} | expired | waiting] active Enter the keyword active to display only the MEPs in active state. domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain and then enter the domain name or domain level. expired Enter the keyword expired to view MEP entries that have expired due to connectivity failure.
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port] interface type Enter the keyword interface and then enter the interface type. slot/port Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 150 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id and then enter a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid and then enter a maintenance point ID. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters entries Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Introduced on the S5000. traceroute ethernet Send a linktrace message to an MEP. S5000 Syntax Parameters traceroute ethernet domain [name | level] ma-name remote {mepid mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} domain name | level Enter the keyword domain and then enter the domain name or level.
802.1X 6 An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. S5000 Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface moves to the authentication failed VLAN. After the authentication VLAN is assigned, the port-state must be toggled to restart authentication.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command). • Enable MAC authentication bypass on the port (the dot1x mac-auth-bypass command). In MAB-only authentication mode, a port authenticates using the host MAC address even though 802.1xauthentication is enabled.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dot1x authentication (Configuration) dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. S5000 Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan • dot1x reauthentication • dot1x reauth-max • show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. S5000 Syntax Parameters dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication.
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, Dell Networking OS attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. S5000 Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-Auth mode. S5000 Syntax Parameters dot1x max-supplicants number number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-Auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port.
Usage Information The authenticator completes authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. S5000 Syntax dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command. Parameters seconds Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can reauthenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. S5000 Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Introduced on the S5000.
Usage Information When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured. Ideally, the dot1x server-timeout value (in seconds) is based on the configured RADIUS-server timeout and retransmit values and calculated according to the following formula: dot1x server-timeout seconds > (radius-server retransmit seconds + 1) * radius-server timeout seconds.
Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Introduced on the S5000. show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applied to authenticated supplicants on an 802.
You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.1X-enabled ports that are in Single-Hot, Multi-Host, and MultiSupplicant authentication modes. Example Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping interface tengigabitethernet 2/21 802.1p CoS re-map table on Te 2/21: ---------------------------------Dot1p Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int te 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.
mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History (Optional) MAC address of a supplicant. none • • EXEC EXEC privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) are displayed for each supplicant, as shown in the Example below.
Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 802.
7 Boot User Mode All commands in this chapter are available in Boot User mode on the S5000. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter Boot User mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode. boot change Change the boot parameters in the operating system.
boot messages disable Deactivate the NetBSD boot log. By default, the NetBSD log is disabled. S5000 Syntax boot messages disable Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. boot messages enable Enable the NetBSD boot log. By default, the NetBSD log is disabled. S5000 Syntax boot messages enable Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Usage Notes Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell recommends that the NetBSD log remain disabled on the S5000.
Number of Network Boot Config Retries is : 0 boot write net config retries Set the number of retries used for a network boot configuration failure. S5000 Syntax boot write net config retries number Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER# boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2. boot zero Clear the primary, secondary, or default boot parameters in the operating system.
Command Modes Command History BOOT USER Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. enable Set the access privilege level. S5000 Syntax enable {user | admin} Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. help Display the Help menu. S5000 Syntax help Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example 174 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
zero operating system boot parameters default-gateway default-gateway - set the default gateway ip address enable [user|admin] change access privilege level -(26%)-Use to continue, q to stop: help display help menu ignore enable-password ignore enable password ignore startup-config ignore system starup-config interface management ethernet ip address set the management port ip address and mask interface management port config 1000m set the management port at 1000m interface manage
ignore enable password Ignore the enabled password. S5000 Syntax ignore enable password Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ignore startup config Ignore the system startup configuration. S5000 Syntax ignore startup config Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. interface management ethernet ip address Set the IP address and mask of the management port.
interface management port config Set the speed or transmission mode of the management port. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface management port config {10m | 100m | 1000m | autonegotiate | no auto-negotiate | full-duplex | half-duplex} 10m Set the management port to operate at 10 Mbps. 100m Set the management port to operate at 100 Mbps. 1000m Set the management port to operate at 1000 Mbps. auto-negotiate Set the management port to auto-negotiate its speed with a peer device.
no interface management ethernet ip address Clear the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax no interface management ethernet ip address Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. reload Reload the S5000 switch. S5000 Syntax reload Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show boot blc Display the current boot-loop counter value.
show boot selection Display the currently selected bootflash partition to be used for a ROM bootstrap operation. S5000 Syntax show boot selection Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show boot selection ROM BOOTSTRAP SELECTOR PARMETERS: ================================ Next ROM bootstrap set to occur from Bootflash partition A. Last ROM bootstrap occurred from Bootflash partition B.
BOOT_USER # show bootvar Display information about the boot parameters used in the operating system. S5000 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show default-gateway Gateway IP address: 10.11.210.63 show interface management ethernet Display the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax show interface management ethernet Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show interface management ethernet Management ethernet IP address: 10.11.210.
Access Control Lists (ACL) 8 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the S5000 switch.
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. remark Enter a description for an ACL entry. S5000 Syntax Parameters remark [remark-number] [description] remarknumber Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 4294967290.
Dell(config-std-nacl)#show config ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic seq 10 Deny any Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands show config – displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration.
access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line. S5000 Syntax Parameters access-class access-list-name access-listname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of a configured Standard ACL, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000. clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists.
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped). vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the ID numbers of the VLANs.
are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. in | out Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128.
in | out Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Identify whether ACL is applied on the ingress or egress side. Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line.
• Parameters Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous (discontiguous). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. The S5000 cannot count both packets and bytes, when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
permit Configure a filter to permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch. S5000 Syntax permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} [count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Related Commands resequence prefix-list ipv4 – resequences a prefix list. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. S5000 Syntax Parameters seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ip-address}} [count [byte] ] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.The range is from 0 to 65534. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. S5000 Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter.
ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols. S5000 Syntax ip access-list extended access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list will permit all IP protocols. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to permit based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. The range is from 0 to 128. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address.
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 64 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM.
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The S5000 cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
Parameters ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list – resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
host ip-address Enter the keyword host and then enter the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operands: port port • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring.
clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface.
mac access-list extended – configures an extended MAC ACL. show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. S5000 Syntax Parameters show mac access-lists [access-list-name] [interface type slot/ port] [in | out] list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface type slot/port Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. in | out Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers.
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny Configure a filter to drop packets with a the MAC address specified.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
seq show Sequence numbers Show Standard ACL configuration permit Configure a filter to forward packets from a specific source MAC address. S5000 Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [mac-source-address-mask]} [count [byte]]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | macdestination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to drop all packets. host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to drop packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes (74481486 packets 5031686754 bytes) seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes (7751519 packets 797843521 bytes) Related Commands mac access-list standard – configures a standard MAC access list. show mac accounting access-list – displays MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). permit Configure a filter to pass packets matching the criteria specified.
macdestinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.
seq Configure a filter with a specific sequence number. S5000 Syntax Parameters 228 seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host macaddress | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] [monitor] sequencenumber Enter a number as the filter sequence number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to drop any traffic matching this filter.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip prefix-list — configures a prefix list. deny Configure a filter to drop packets meeting the criteria specified. S5000 Syntax Parameters deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.
ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History ip prefix-list prefix-name prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list – displays IP routes in an IP prefix list.
Usage Information Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny – configures a filter to drop packets. seq – configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter.
Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny – configures a filter to drop packets. permit – configures a filter to pass packets. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
ip prefix-list filter_in: count: 3, range entries: 3, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 1.102.0.0/16 le 32 (hit count: 0) seq 6 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.0/0 le 32 (hit count: 0) ip prefix-list filter_ospf: count: 4, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 10 seq 5 deny 100.100.1.0/24 (hit count: 5) seq 6 deny 200.200.1.0/24 (hit count: 1) seq 7 deny 200.200.2.0/24 (hit count: 1) seq 10 permit 0.0.0.
Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands. continue Configure a route-map to go to a route-map entry with a higher sequence number. S5000 Syntax Parameters continue [sequence-number] sequencenumber Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. Related Commands • If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. set as-path – adds information to the BGP AS_PATH attribute. match community Configure a filter to match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path. S5000 Syntax Parameters match community community-list-name [exact] communitylist-name Enter the name of a configured community list.
Parameters interface Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot/port information.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTE-MAP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric – redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type – redistributes routes that match a route type.
match ip route-source Configure a filter to match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists. S5000 Syntax Parameters match ip route-source {access-list | prefix-list prefix-listname} access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. prefix-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match route-type – redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag – redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
match tag – redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match tag Configure a filter to redistribute only routes that match a specified tag value. S5000 Syntax Parameters match tag tag-value tag-value Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is zero (0) to 4294967295. Introduced on the S5000. match interface – redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface.
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permit to set the route map default as permit. If you do not specify a keyword, the default is permit. Defaults deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequencenumber (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is 1 to 65535. Not configured.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. Related Commands match as-path – redistributes routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. ip as-path access-list – configures an AS-PATH access list. neighbor filter-list – configures a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute.
Parameters communitylist-name Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000. The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error.
no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary.
level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. set automatic-tag – computes the tag value of the route. set metric – specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type – specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes.
set metric Configure a filter to assign a new metric to redistributed routes. S5000 Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
type-2 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Introduced on the S5000. set automatic-tag – computes the tag value of the route. set level – specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric – specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag – specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
set origin Configure a filter to manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute. S5000 Syntax Parameters set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
set metric-type – specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight Configure a filter to add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection. S5000 Syntax Parameters set weight weight weight Enter a number as the weight to be used by the route meeting the route map specification. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is router-originated = 32768 and all other routes = 0.
route-map hopper permit 10 Dell(config-route-map)# show route-map Display the current route map configurations. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show route-map [map-name] map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters as-path-name Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands to apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes. Example Dell(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# Related Commands match as-path – matches on routes contain a specific AS-PATH.
IP Community List Commands IP Community List commands are supported on the S5000. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. S5000 Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Example comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Dell#show ip community-lists ip community-list standard 1 deny 701:20 deny 702:20 deny 703:20 deny 704:20 deny 705:20 deny 14551:20 deny 701:112 deny 702:112 deny 703:112 deny 704:112 deny 705:112 deny 14551:112 deny 701:666 deny 702:666 deny 703:666 deny 704:666 deny 705:666 deny 14551:666 Dell# Access Control Lists (ACL) 255
9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. Dell Networking OS is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including virtual local area network (VLAN) interfaces, and port-channels. BFD is supported on the S5000.
Defaults See Parameters Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced BFD for BGP on the S5000. All neighbors inherit the timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command except in the following cases: • Timer values configured with the isis bfd all-neighbors command in INTERFACE mode override timer values configured with the bfd allneighbors command.
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. S5000 Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature. S5000 Syntax bfd protocol-liveness Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. S5000 Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. S5000 Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface-type slot/port [detail] interface-type slot/port Enter the interface type followed by slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. detail none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Example Version 9.0(1.
Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
10 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. S5000 Syntax Parameters aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [asset] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map mapname] ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) and mask in /prefix format (/x).
Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed.
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. S5000 Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route.
Example Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run | grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp ro
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. S5000 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. S5000 Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-asbest command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
bgp client-to-client reflection Allows you to enable route reflection between clients in a cluster. S5000 Syntax bgp client-to-client reflection To disable client-to-client reflection, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command. Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed.
Usage Information When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors. Assign a cluster ID with the bgp cluster-id command. Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster.
Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. S5000 Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is 0 to 65535 (2-byte), 1 to 4294967295 (4-byte), or 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...
bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. S5000 Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. S5000 Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. S5000 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message.
role receiveronly Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Introduced on the S5000. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart.
bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. S5000 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. In Non-Deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive.
Usage Information This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not. The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent. Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command.
Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. S5000 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are reevaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. S5000 Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgppdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction—either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
dampening (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampening to reset route flap dampening information on that neighbor. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If you enter the clear ip bgp flap-statistics command without any parameters, all statistics are cleared. Related Commands show debugging – views the enabled debugging operations. show ip bgp flap-statistics – views the BGP flap statistics. undebug all – disables all debugging operations. clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp peer-group peer-groupname updates [in | out] command.
To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. S5000 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.
Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Introduced on the S5000. router bgp – enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. S5000 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. max-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S5000 Syntax max-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, when you create a neighbor/peer group configuration in the Router BGP context, this enables IPv4/Unicast AFI/SAFI.
Related Commands bgp add-path – allows the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths implicitly replacing any previous ones. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group.
text Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Introduced on the S5000. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefixlist-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command.
neighbor route-map – assigns a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
peer-groupname Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the peer group. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information When you enable fail-over, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for example, no active route exists in the routing table for the peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use the ip as-path access-list command in CONFIGURATION mode to enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters to deny or permit BGP routes based on information in their AS-PATH attribute. Related Commands ip as-path access-list – enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure the AS-PATH filters. neighbor graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor.
neighbor local-as Configure Internal BGP (IBGP) routers to accept external routes from neighbors with a local AS number in the AS number path. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as as-number [noprepend] To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this threshold, the switch software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75.
peer-groupname Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the peer group. Introduced on the S5000. If you configure the set next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, the configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors.
Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established. If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherits the characteristic configured with this command.
• neighbor filter-list • neighbor next-hop-self • neighbor route-map • neighbor route-reflector-client • neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown).
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but will respond to one. S5000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [limit sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is 0 to 65535 (2-byte) or 1 to 4294967295 (4-byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. You must configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection – enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community command.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group.
CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation. The entire BGP update database from the neighbor is stored in memory regardless of the inbound policy results applied on the neighbor. NOTE: This command is supported in BGP Router Configuration mode for IPv4 Unicast address only. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors – displays routes received by a neighbor. neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic.
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. interface Enter the keyword loopback followed by a number of the Loopback interface. The range is 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command. Related Commands set weight – assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. S5000 Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
Usage Information Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address configured by the network command with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes. Related Commands redistribute – redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. S5000 Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command.
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. S5000 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535 (2-byte), 1 to 4294967295 (4-byte), or 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Introduced on the S5000.
Available buffer size 40958758, 26 packet(s) captured using 680 bytes PDU[1] : len 101, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00650100 00000013 00000000 00000000 419ef06c 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af92c0 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000001 0181a1e4 0181a25c 41af9400 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400
neighbor 123.34.55.123 peer-group suzanne neighbor 123.34.55.123 shutdown Dell(conf-router_bgp)# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
Example LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell>show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.131 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> * 701 *> i *> Network 0.0.0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the Example below. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route.
* I * I 192.68.16.1 192.68.16.1 0 0 100 100 0 ? 0 ? show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community [community-number] [localas] [no-export] [no-advertise] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the Example below.
i *>i 6.14.0.0/15 i *>i 6.133.0.0/21 i *>i 6.151.0.0/1 i --More-- 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 205.171.0.16 100 0 209 7170 1455 show ip bgp community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
Example Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp community-list pass BGP table version is 0, local router ID is 10.101.15.
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path Dell> show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
BadEvts 0 : SynFails 0 : RxeCodeP 0x41a1b6b8 : RxHdrCodeP 0x41a1b6d4 : RxOpCodeP 0x41a1b6e4 RxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b704 : TxEcodeP 0x41a1b734 : TxHdrcodeP 0x41a1b750 : TxOpCodeP 0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : Fas
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the Example below. Field Description Path source codes Lists the path sources shown to the right of the last AS number in the Path column: • i = internal route entry • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp flap command shown in the Example below. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped. Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
show ip bgp neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] neighbors [ip-address [advertisedroutes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes | {received-routes [network [network-mask]]} | {denied-routes [network [network-mask]]}] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
Usage Information 338 The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the Examples below. Field Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, the link is internal; otherwise the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected, and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table. Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset. Also states if the peer resets the peering session. If the peering session was never reset, the word never is displayed.
Maximum prefix set to 4 with threshold 75 For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP table version 34, neighbor version 34 5 accepted prefixes consume 20 bytes Prefix advertised 0, denied 4, withdrawn 0 Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:18:21, due to Maximum prefix limit reached Example (AdvertisedRoutes) Dell>show ip bgp neighbors 192.14.1.
Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network D 70.70.21.0/24 D 70.70.22.0/24 D 70.70.23.0/24 D 70.70.24.0/24 Dell# Related Commands Next Hop 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 0 0 100 200 ? ? ? ? show ip bgp – views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status.
63.114.8.60 63.114.8.60, Te 12/22 Dell> 135155 0 0 00:18:11 show ip bgp paths View all the BGP path attributes in the BGP database. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp paths [regexp regular-expression] regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences).
Example Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute. Path Displays the AS path for the route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
Example Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these AS-Paths. AS-Path Displays the AS paths for this route, with the origin code for the route listed last. Numbers listed between braces {} are AS_SET information.
Example Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view detailed status information of the peers in that peer group. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view status information of the peers in that peer group. The output is the same as that found in the show ip bgp summary command. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
1.1.1.5 1.1.1.6 10.10.10.2* 20.20.20.100 Example Dell#show ip bgp peer-group Peer-group RT-PEERS Description: ***peering-with-RT*** BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RT-PEERS Number of peers in this group 20 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 12.1.1.2* 12.1.1.3* 12.1.1.4* 12.1.1.5* 12.1.1.6* 12.2.1.2* 12.2.1.3* 12.2.1.4* 12.2.1.5* 12.2.1.6* 12.3.1.2* 12.3.1.3* 12.3.1.4* 12.3.1.5* 12.3.1.6* 12.4.1.2* 12.4.1.3* 12.4.
• . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example 348 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
*>I 3.0.0.0/8 i *>I 4.0.0.0/8 *>I 4.17.225.0/24 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.17.226.0/23 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.17.251.0/24 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.17.252.0/23 11853 11853 11853 *>I 4.19.2.0/23 6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.19.16.0/23 6167 6167 6167 i *>I 4.21.80.0/22 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.82.0/24 4200 16559 i *>I 4.21.252.0/23 6389 8063 19198 i *>I 4.23.180.0/24 6128 30576 i *>I 4.36.200.0/21 11854 14135 i *>I 4.67.64.0/22 19281 i *>I 4.78.32.0/21 29748 i *>I 6.1.0.0/16 i *>I 6.2.0.0/22 i *>I 6.3.0.0/18 i 1.1.1.
Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used. denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used.
State/Pfxrcd < 1 day 00:12:23 (hours:minutes:seconds) < 1 week 1d21h (DaysHours) > 1 week 11w2d (WeeksDays) If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received. If a maximum limit was configured with the neighbor maximum-prefix command, (prfxd) appears in this column. If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm).
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. S5000 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). S5000 Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv4 multicast command. Parameters ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI. Defaults IPv4 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
attribute-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
Parameters half-life time (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Only match commands in the configured route map are supported. Defaults Disabled.
clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp dampening ipv4 multicast network network-mask dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask in slash prefix format (/x). EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name peer-groupname Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command.
distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. S5000 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information externaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 20. internaldistance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. S5000 Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI.
Defaults Command Modes Command History peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. • seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) • seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Version 9.0(1.
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information using an established prefix list. S5000 Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list prefixlist-name [in | out] To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list prefix-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-groupname] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list (up to 140 characters). If the AS-PATH access list is not configured, the default is permit (allow routes).
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the S5000 software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached.
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. S5000 Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute [connected | static] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Multicast address family. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
Related Commands show ip bgp community – views the BGP communities. show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv4 multicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the Example below. Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating AS numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
routes Command Modes Command History Usage Information 376 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors command shown in the Example below. BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
Example For address family: Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays the which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using. accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes accepted by the router and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes. Prefix advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table.
Notification History 'Connection Reset' Sent : 1 Recv: 0 Local host: 100.10.10.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 25.25.25.25, Foreign port: 2290 BGP neighbor is 211.1.1.129, remote AS 640, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 0.0.0.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group (multicast) – views information on the BGP peers in a peer group. show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections.
Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent. TblVer Displays the version of the BGP table that was sent to that neighbor. InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor.
BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. • Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities.
deny regex This features allows you to specify an extended communities to reject (deny) using a regular expressions (regex). S5000 Syntax deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command. Parameters regex Enter a regular expression. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted.
ip extcommunity-list Use this feature to enter the Extended Community-list mode. S5000 Syntax ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command. Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This mode changes the prompt.
Usage Information Like standard communities, you can use extended communities in the route-map to match the attribute. Example Dell(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird Dell(config-route-map)# permit Use this feature to add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo). S5000 Syntax permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} To change the rules, use the no permit {rt | soo} {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN} command.
permit regex This features allows you specify an extended communities to forward (permit) using a regular expressions (regex). S5000 Syntax permit regex {regex} To remove, use the no permit regex {regex} command. Parameters regex Enter a regular expression. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Duplicate commands are silently accepted.
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add to the existing extended community. non-trans (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords non-trans to indicate a non-transitive BGP extended community. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). non-trans (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords non-trans to indicate a non-transitive BGP extended community. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If there is a type or sub-type that is not well-known, it is displayed as:TTSS:XX:YYYY. Where TT is type, SS is sub-type displayed in hexadecimal format, XX:YYYY is the value divided into 2-byte and 4-byte values in decimal format. This format is consistent with other vendors.
Command Modes Command History Example Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these extended communities. Community Displays the extended community attributes in this BGP path. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show ip bgp paths extcommunity Total 1 Extended Communities Address 0x41d57024 Hash Refcount Extended Community 12272 1 RT:7:200 SoO:5:300 SoO:0.0.0.
show running-config extcommunity-list Use this feature to display the current configuration of the extended community lists. S5000 Syntax Parameters show running-config extcommunity-list [word] word Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) 11 Bare metal provisioning (BMP) version 2.0 is supported on the S5000 switch. In a data center network, BMP automates the configuration and updating of switches, ensuring standard configurations across the installed devices. You can configure auto-configuration on a single switch or on multiple switches. BMP allows you to set up a stack with a minimum of effort, but is also useful for quick configuration of a single switch.
Defaults A switch running BMP 2.0 reloads in Jumpstart mode as a DHCP client with all ports configured for Layer 3 traffic. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced for the S5000. For an initial setup, the config-download parameter of the reload-type command is enabled. After the configuration file is successfully downloaded, the config-download parameter is automatically disabled. You can enable it again using the reload-type command.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced for the S5000. Use the show reload-type command to check the currently configured AutoConfiguration mode (Jumpstart or Normal reload) on a switch running BMP 2.0. You can also use the show bootvar command to display the current Reload mode for BMP 2.0 with the path of the Dell Networking OS image file retrieved from a DHCP server.
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 12 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the S5000 switch. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application. For example: • Configure more Layer 2 ACL entries when the system is deployed as a switch. • Configure more Layer 3 ACL entries when the system is deployed as a router. • Configure more FCoE or iSCSI ACLs to handle an increase in storage traffic.
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl numberipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number {vman-qos number | vman-dual-qos number} [fcoeacl number] [iscsiacl number] Command Modes Command History Usage Information • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 • L2PT (l2pt): 0 • MAC ACLs (ipmacacl): 0 • ECFMACL (ecfmacl): 0 • VMAN QoS (vman-qos): 0 • VMAN Dual QoS (vman-dual-qos): 0 • FCoE ACL (fcoeacl): 2 • iSCSI Opt AC
cam-acl-egress (Configuration) Select the FP groups for CAM access control lists for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs. S5000 Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} default l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Command Modes Command History Usage Information Reset the egress CAM ACL entries to the default settings. Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount of CAM space to be allotted.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you enable this command, if a Policy Map containing classification rules (ACL and/or dscp/ ip-precedence rules) is applied to more than one physical interface on the same port pipe, only a single copy of the policy is written (only one FP entry is used). NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces.
Example Column Heading Explanation Stack-Unit Lists specified stack unit(s) or all of them. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stack-units and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require.
Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 13 The CoPP commands are supported on the S5000 switch. control-plane-cpuqos Enter control-plane mode and configure the switch to manage control-plane traffic. S5000 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues Apply a policy map for the system to rate limit control traffic on a per-queue basis.
Usage Information You must create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Related Commands qos-policy-input – creates a QoS input policy map. You must create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. class-map – creates a QoS class map. policy-map-input – creates an input policy map. service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a policy for the system to rate limit control protocols on a per-protocol basis.
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. S5000 Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. You must create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
----------TCP (BGP) 100 UDP (DHCP) UDP (DHCP-R) TCP (FTP) ICMP IGMP TCP (MSDP) UDP (NTP) OSPF PIM UDP (RIP) TCP (SSH) TCP (TELNET) VRRP Dell# any/179 179/any _ Q6 CP 67/68 67 any any any any/639 any any any any any any any 68/67 67 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Q6/Q5 Q6 Q6 Q6 Q7 Q6 Q6 Q7 Q7 Q7 Q6 Q6 Q7 CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP CP _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protoc
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. S5000 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 14 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. Dell Networking OS commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBx) protocol.
Defaults Application priority TLVS are enabled to advertise FCoE and iSCSI. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-appln-tlv iscsi. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBx port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBx peers.
clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters clear ets counters interface-type slot/port interface-type slot/port Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter one of the following interface types and slot/port information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers.
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number. The range is 0 to 11. stack-unit all stack-ports all Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by all stackports all to clear the counters on all interfaces. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dcb enable Enable data center bridging. S5000 Syntax dcb enable To disable DCB, use the no dcb-enable command.
Parameters map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. Defaults None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. A DCB map is a template used to configure DCB parameters and apply them on converged Ethernet interfaces.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports. Related Commands dcb-map – creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports. dcbx port-role Configure the DCBx port role the interface uses to exchange DCB information.
Configure DCBx operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBx configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. dcbx version Configure the DCBx version used on the interface. S5000 Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBx version, use the dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.
debug dcbx Enable DCBx debugging. S5000 Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBx debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBx debugging operations.
Defaults 0x8 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. S5000 Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information DCB MAP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, PFC is enabled on S5000 Ethernet ports and 802.1p priorities are included in DCBx negotiation with peer PFC devices Use the no pfc mode on command in a DCB map and apply the map to an interface to disable PFC before you configure lossless queues on a port on which PFC is not required.
dot1p Value in Incoming Frame Egress Queue 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Enable PFC on 802.1p priority traffic without using a DCB map. S5000 Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused.
Related Commands dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports. priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group. S5000 Syntax Parameters priority-group group-num {bandwidth percentage| strictpriority} pfc {on | off} priority-group group-num Enter the keyword priority-group followed by the number of an 802.1p priority group.
If you configure more than one priority group as strict priority, the higher numbered priority queue is given preference when scheduling data traffic. If a priority group does not use its allocated bandwidth, the unused bandwidth is made available to other priority groups. To remove a priority-group configuration in a DCB map, enter the no prioritygroup bandwidth pfc command. By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each dot1p priority in a priority group.
dot1p7_groupnum Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.1p priority to one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
Example Dell# show dcb DCB Status : Enabled Dell# show qos dcb-map Display the DCB parameters configured in a specified DCB map. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show qos dcb-map map-name map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Displays the PFC and ETS parameters configured in the specified map. Introduced on the S5000.
PfcMode:ON -------------------PG:0 TSA:ETS BW:50 PFC:OFF Priorities:0 1 2 4 5 6 7 PG:1 TSA:ETS Priorities:3 Related Commands BW:50 PFC:ON dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports. show interfaces dcbx detail Displays the DCBx configuration on an Ethernet interface.
Table 1. Output Fields for the show interface dcbx detail Command Field Description Interface Interface type with chassis slot and port number. Port-Role Indicates the configured DCBx port role: auto-upstream, autodownstream, config-source, or manual. DCBx Operational Status Operational status (enabled or disabled) is used to elect a configuration source and internally propogate a DCB configuration. The DCBx operational status is a combination of PFC and ETS operational status.
Field Description Local DCBx Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBx Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBx Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBx protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBx Status: DCBx Operational Version DCBx version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
Example Field Description Total DCBx Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBx frames received.
show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an Ethernet interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. S5000 Syntax Parameters show interfaces type slot/port ets {summary | detail} type slot/port ets {summary | detail} Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the Ethernet interface type and slot/port or number information followed by the keyword ets. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Field Description Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation. Remote Parameters ETS configuration on remote peer port, including admin mode (enabled if a valid TLV was received or disabled), priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation. If ETS admin mode is enabled on the remote port for DCBx exchange, the Willing bit received in ETS TLVs from the remote peer is included.
Field Description Error Reco TLV pkts Number of ETS Error Recommendation TLVs received. The following table describes the fields displayed in show interface ets command output.
Reason: Port shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled Example (detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is onAdmin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Bandwid
State Machine Type is Feature 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts show interfaces pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an Ethernet interface, including priorities and link delay. S5000 Syntax Parameters show interfaces type slot/port pfc {summary | detail} type slot/ port pfc {summary | detail} Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the Ethernet interface type and slot/port or number information followed by the keyword pfc.
Field Description PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration will take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBx exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled. Remote is enabled, Priority list Remote Willing Status is enabled Operational status (enabled or disabled) of peer device for DCBx exchange of PFC configuration with a list of the configured PFC priorities .
Example 432 Field Description Application Priority TLV: FCOE TLV Tx Status Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBx port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: iSCSI TLV Tx Status Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBx port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBx port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs.
FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/49 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/49 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBx Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 p
Command Modes Command History Example (Summary) EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - - Stack unit 1 stack port all Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 1 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - show stack-unit stack-ports pfc detail Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and n
Link Delay 45556 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts stack unit 1 stack-port all Admin mode is On Admin is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Local is enabled, Priority list is 4-5 Link Delay 45556 pause quantum 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts 436 Data Center Bridging (DCB)
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 15 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators. The basic DHCP commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display Dell Networking OS debugging messages for DHCP. S5000 Syntax Parameters debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes. packet Enter the keyword packet to display packet transmission/ reception.
Command Modes Command History DHCP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. disable Disable the DHCP server. S5000 Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. Enable the system to be a DHCP server using the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S5000 Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...
domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. S5000 Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. Introduced on the S5000. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. S5000 Syntax Parameters excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S5000 Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the hardware address of the client. Introduced on the S5000. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. S5000 Syntax Parameters host address address/mask Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.
Parameters days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters type Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. • Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node. Introduced on the S5000. network Specify the range of addresses in an address pool.
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. S5000 Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool.
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Display a particular conflict log entry. Introduced on the S5000. show ip dhcp server Display the DHCP server statistics. S5000 Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. S5000 Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. S5000 Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip dhcp snooping – displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] remote-id Configure the system to enable the remote-id string in option-82.
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. S5000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP snooping, the binding table deletes and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces.
slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease followed by the amount of time the IP address will be leased. The range is 1 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip dhcp snooping – displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. S5000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard.
3. Reload the system. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. S5000 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Introduced on the S5000. When enabled, the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN(s). NOTE: Learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp snooping [binding | source-address-validation] binding Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. sourceaddressvalidation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands 452 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
16 Equal Cost Multi-Path Overview (ECMP) ECMP is supported on the S5000 switch. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. S5000 Syntax ecmp-group ecmp-group-id To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command. To disable link bundle monitoring, use the ecmp-group no link-bundlemonitor command.
Usage Information Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel.
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. S5000 Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {crc} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} | {xor} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information crc Uses specified polynomicals or bits of computed cyclic redundancy checks (CRC) for the hash computation.
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. S5000 Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximumpaths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keyword path-fallback to enable this feature.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. S5000 Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Equal Cost Multi-Path Overview (ECMP) Introduced on the S5000.
17 FCoE Transit Use Dell Networking OS commands to enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping on the S5000 switch on Ethernet interfaces. When you enable an S5000 for FCoE transit, the switch functions as a FIP snooping bridge. In a converged Ethernet network, an S5000 switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on Fibre Channel over Ethernet initialization protocol (FIP) packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type port/ slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
tx Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword tx EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. feature fip-snooping Enable the S5000 for FCoE transit and FIP snooping. S5000 Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN.
Usage Information The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. S5000 Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To remove the configured FM-MAP value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The maximum number of supported FIP snooping sessions that you configure is displayed in the running configuration (if it is not the default value) and in show fip-snooping config output. If you configure a smaller number of supported sessions than was previously configured, all current FIP snooping sessions continue and a warning message is displayed.
show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. S5000 Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
Example FKA_ADV_PERI OD Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns. Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
Example FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
Table 4. Output Fields for the show fip-snooping statistics Command 468 Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snooping VLAN request frames received on the interface. Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snooping VLAN notification frames received on the interface. Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snooping multicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface.
Example Field Description Number of FLOGO Accepts Number of FIP FLOGO accept frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Rejects Number of FIP FLOGO reject frames received on the interface. Number of CVLs Number of FIP clear virtual link frames received on the interface. Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface.
Number Number Number Number Number Example (Port Channel) of of of of of FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell# show fip-snooping statistics interface port-channel 22 Number of Vlan Requests :0 Number of Vlan Notifications :2 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :0 Number of FDISC :0 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :0 Number of VN Port Keep Ali
show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. S5000 Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example FCoE Transit Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on the S5000 switch. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol. The Resilient Ring Protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
Usage Information Example Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, you must restrict debug information. member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. S5000 Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command.
transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode. Defaults Mode None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. S5000 Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Related Commands 478 protocol frrp — enters the resilient ring protocol and designate a ring identification.
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 19 The basic GVRP commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on S5000 switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
• GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge needs to classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, you must manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates. But if the local bridge needs to know only how to reach a given VLAN, then GVRP provides all necessary information. • The VLAN topologies that GVRP learns are treated differently from VLANs that are statically configured.
debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S5000 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. gvrp enable – enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp – access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. S5000 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command.
Usage Information Related Commands • Join Timer—Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval. • Leave Timer—Leave announces the willingness to de-register with other participants. Together with Join, Leave messages help GARP participants complete attribute reregistration and de-registration.
Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set. This is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden followed by the VLAN range in a comma separated VLAN ID set. Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. gvrp enable – enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp – accesses the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. S5000 Syntax show garp timers Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. S5000 Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface-type slot/port] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface-type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type followed by slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Related Commands show gvrp statistics – displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics. S5000 Syntax Parameters show gvrp statistics {interface type slot/port | summary} interface type slot/port summary Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/ port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: Example • Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state). • An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
High Availability (HA) 20 In Dell Networking OS, High Availability (HA) is a collection of features that synchronize switch configuration to minimize recovery time in the event of a stack-unit failure. High Availability features are supported only on stacked S5000 switches; they are not supported on a standalone S5000 switch. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of stack-unit failure. A protocol is defined as hitless if a stack-unit failover has no impact on the protocol.
redundancy force-failover Force the stand by stack-unit to become the primary stack-unit. S5000 Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover {stack-unit} stack-unit Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword stack-unit to force a peer stack-unit to become the management stack-unit. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use this command to provide a hitless or warm upgrade.
Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. • show lacp – displays the lacp configuration. • show redundancy – displays the current redundancy configuration.
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. S5000 Syntax show redundancy Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) The following describes the show redundancy command shown in the Example below. Field Description Stack-unit Status Displays the following information: Stack-unit Redundancy Configuration 492 Introduced on the S5000.
Field Description • The status of auto booting the stack-unit (the redundancy disable-auto-reboot command) • The parameter for auto failover limit control (the redundancy auto-failover-limit command) • Stack-unit Failover Record Last Data Sync Record Displays the following information: • Stack-unit failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy reset-counter command) • The time and date of the last stack-unit failover • The reason for the last stack-unit failover Displays the data s
Last failover Reason: Last failover type: None None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------Stack Unit Config: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 Start-up Config: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 Running Config: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 ACL Mgr: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 LACP: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 STP: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 SPAN: succeeded Jul 13 2012 21:28:53 Dell# 494 High Availability (HA
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 21 The IGMP commands are supported on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast-sparse (PIM-SM) and protocolindependent source-specific multicast (PIM-SSM) include and exclude modes.
• • • • Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces—specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group Use this feature to specify access control for packets. S5000 Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. S5000 Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command. Parameters group-list prefix-listname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information 498 Version 9.0(1.
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between GroupSpecific Query messages. S5000 Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-queryinterval command.
ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries sent by the Querier. S5000 Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds. Introduced on the S5000.
ip igmp ssm-map Use a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. S5000 Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list sourceaddress command. Parameters Command Modes Command History std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups.
include source address Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword include followed by the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), for which a static entry needs to be added. Introduced on the S5000. A group in include mode must have at least one source address defined. In exclude mode, if you do not specify a source address, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes all sources are included.
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface-type slot/port [group-address [detail]]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface-type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Example Example (VLT) Uptime Displays the amount of time the group has been operational. Expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires. Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Member Ports Indicates the port channel. If the port channel is VLT, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up.
Parameters Command Modes Command History interface type slot/port • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63.
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Introduced on the S5000.
• When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier will not start if there is a statically configured multicast router interface in the VLAN. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier starts after one query interval in case no IGMP general query (with IP SA lower than its VLAN IP address) is received on any of its VLAN members. • When enabled, IGMP snooping Querier periodically sends general queries with an IP source address of the VLAN interface.
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. S5000 Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Queriers normally send a certain number of queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database.
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. S5000 Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-memberquery-interval command. Parameters milliseconds Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached. To configure a static connection to the multicast router, enter the ip igmp snooping mrouter interface command in the VLAN context.
show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] vlan number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the vlan number. The range is 1 to 4094. Introduced on the S5000.
22 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported in Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
• For a Fibre Channel interface, enter the keyword fibrechannel followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 47. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255.
Defaults Without an interface specified, the command clears all interface dampening counters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information After you enter the clear counters command and verify the results with the show interfaces command, the line rate is not reset to 0.00%.
NOTE: The 15M CX4 active cable is not supported on the S5000. NOTE: For information about using XFP ports with CX4 cables, refer to your S5000 hardware guide. Example (Unsuccessful) Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/26 | grep "XFP type" Pluggable media present, XFP type is 10GBASE-CX4 Dell(conf-if-te-0/26)#cx4-cable-length short % Error: Unsupported command. Dell(conf-if-te-0/26)#cx4-cable-length medium % Error: Unsupported command.
max-suppresstime Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Usage Information Important Points: Related Commands Introduced on the S5000. • Spaces between characters are not preserved after entering this command unless you enclose the entire description in quotation marks (“desc_text”). • Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description.
Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the primary or standby stack-unit). ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on a link aggregation group (LAG) bundle. A system log or simple network management protocol (SNMP) trap is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
flowcontrol Set how the system responds to and generates 802.3x pause frames on Ethernet interfaces. S5000 Syntax Parameters flowcontrol rx {off | on} tx {off | on} rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. This is the default value for the receive side. rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port.
NOTE: If you disable rx flow control, Dell Networking recommends rebooting the system. Example Dell(conf-if-gi-0/1)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ... Example (Values) This Example shows how Dell Networking OS negotiates the flow control values between two switches connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports.
Related Commands show running-config – displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces – displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface type slot/port interface type slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History 522 Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information.
Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface. Example Dell(conf)#interface te 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)# Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface. By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are in Layer 3 mode. To place an interface in Layer 2 mode, ensure that the interface’s configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command. interface loopback – configures a Loopback interface.
interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the primary or standby stack-unit). S5000 Syntax Parameters interface ManagementEthernet slot/port slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet followed by slot/ port information. Slot range is 0 to 1. Port number is 0. Introduced on the S5000. You cannot delete a Management port.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface – configures a physical interface. interface loopback – configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel – configures a port channel. interface vlan – configures a VLAN.
A port range must contain a space before and after the dash; for example: interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is not valid. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges. Separate each interface type and port range with a space, comma, and space; for example: interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 , interface range tengigabitethernet 0/10 - 11.
Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces. VLAN or port-channel interfaces that are not displayed in the show running-config command can not be used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command.
interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. S5000 Syntax Parameters define interface-range macro-name type slot/port - port, ... macro name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface range type slot/port port, ... Use the define command, and enter the keywords interface range followed by the macro name, interface type, and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Example (Single Range) This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface vlan vlan-id vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters seconds Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is 0 to 23767. The default is 10 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up.
stack-unit unitnumber Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (single interface) • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the stack-unit keyword followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system.
Over 1023B packets: Error statistics: Input underruns: Input giants: Input throttles: Input CRC: Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (all interfaces) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 pps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps pps pps pps pps c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval Dell# monitor interface systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
mtu Set the link maximum transmission unit (MTU) (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. S5000 Syntax mtu value To return to the default MTU value, use the no mtu command. Parameters value Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a maximum frame size in bytes. The range is 594 to 12000. The default is 1554. Introduced on the S5000.
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid Set a physical port or port-channel to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. S5000 Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
NOTE: You must remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port. Example Dell(conf)#interface te 7/0 Dell(conf-if-te-7/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-7/0)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#untagged gi 7/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#tagged gi 7/0 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 7/0 802.
Defaults 299 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands show interfaces – displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. show config Display the interface configuration. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Example Version 9.0(1.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(conf-if-range-te-0/1)#interface range tengig 0/1 - 2 Dell(conf-if-range-te-0/1-2)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address portmode hybrid switchport dcb-policy input pfc3 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/2 no ip address portmode hybrid switchport dcb-policy input pfc3 no shutdown show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the show interfaces command for details on a specific interface. Use the show interfaces stack-unit command for details on all interfaces on the designated stack-unit. On the S5000, the show interface output displays incorrect rate information details over time for link monitoring when the rate-interval is configured for 5 seconds.
Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU information. LineSpeed... Displays the interface’s line speed, duplex mode, and slave. Flowcontrol... Displays receive and transmit status. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters where cleared. Queuing strategy...
– throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames – discarded = number of packets discarded without any processing – collisions = number of packet collisions – wred = count both packets discarded in the MAC and in the hardware-based queues Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since...
Example (ManagementE thernet) Dell#show interfaces managementethernet 0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Current address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 436486344 Internet address is 10.1.1.
Hardware is DellEth, address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Current address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -3.
For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example Interfaces • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a range of interfaces, enter the keyword range followed by slot/port number.
TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet TenGigabitEthernet fortyGigE 0/48 fortyGigE 0/52 fortyGigE 0/56 fortyGigE 0/60 ManagementEthernet ManagementEthernet ManagementEthernet ManagementEthernet ManagementEther
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#sh int stack-unit 0 TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Current address is 5c:f9:dd:ee:ff:c2 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -2.
show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status Display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit and interface to display status information on that specific interface only. S5000 Syntax Parameters show interfaces [type slot/port] status interfaces type slot/port Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History 548 Version 9.0(1.
Example Related Commands Dell#show interfaces Port Description Te 0/0 Te 0/1 Te 0/2 Te 0/3 Te 0/4 Te 0/5 Te 0/6 Te 0/7 Te 0/8 Te 0/9 Te 0/10 Te 0/11 Te 0/24 Te 0/25 Te 0/26 Te 0/27 Te 0/28 Te 0/29 Te 0/30 Te 0/31 Te 0/32 Te 0/33 Te 0/34 Te 0/35 Fo 0/48 Fo 0/52 Fo 0/56 Fo 0/60 Dell# status Status Up Down Down Down Down Down Up Up Down Down Down Up Down Down Up Up Up Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Speed 10000 Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto 10000 10000 Auto Auto Auto 10000 Auto Auto 10000 1
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. backup Enter the keyword backup to view the backup interface for this interface. stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11.
show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver – displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
Field Description TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
Field Description thresholds, the voltage high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Interfaces Tx Bias Current Present Tx bias current of the SFP. If this crosses bias high alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx bias high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx bias low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true.
Field Description Tx Bias High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx bias power value displayed above. Rx Power High Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Temperature Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above.
Example Field Description Rx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above. Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/0 transceiver SFP is present.
=================================== SFP 1 Data Ready state Bar = False SFP 1 Rx LOS state = True SFP 1 Tx Fault state = False SFP 1 Rate Select state = False SFP 1 RS state = False SFP 1 Tx Disable state = False =================================== SFP 1 Temperature High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Bias High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Tx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Rx Power High Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag = False SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm Fla
show interfaces – displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). S5000 Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
traffic on the port channel and the individual interfaces within the port channel. To enable a port channel, you must enter no shutdown on the port channel interface and at least one interface within that port channel. The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port channel. Related Commands interface port-channel – creates a port channel interface. interface vlan – creates a VLAN.
management route – configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. stack-unit portmode Split a single 40G port into 4-10G ports on the S5000. S5000 Syntax Parameters stack-unit unit-number port number portmode quad stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number to reset. The range is 0 to 11. port number Enter the keyword port followed by the number of the 40G port to be split. The ports are 48, 52, 56, or 60.
switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. S5000 Syntax switchport [backup interface {gigabit slot/port | tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter the no switchport command. If a switchport backup interface is configured, you must first remove the backup configuration.
Related Commands interface port-channel – creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport – displays information about switchport interfaces. Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is to be added to a Port Channel. The mtu and ip mtu commands are only available when the chassis is in Jumbo mode.
Defaults none Command Modes PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP (conf-po-failover-grp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. port-channel failover-group – accesses PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. show interfaces port-channel – displays information on configured Port Channel groups. interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing up to 16 physical interfaces on the S5000 switch.
Example Dell(conf)#int port-channel 2 Dell(conf-if-po-2)# Related Commands channel-member – adds a physical interface to the LAG. interface – configures a physical interface. interface loopback – configures a Loopback interface. interface null – configures a null interface. interface vlan – configures a VLAN. shutdown – disables/enables the port channel.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups.
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 566 show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] port-channel channelnumber Enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number. The range is 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
Example Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. packets input... Displays the number of packets and bytes into the interface. Input 0 IP packets... Displays the number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers, and MPLS headers. The number of packets may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface.
Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces port-channel brief command shown in the Example below. Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: Status Example • L3 - for Layer 3 • L2 - for Layer 2 Displays the status of the port channel. • down - if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up - if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information outgoing-portchannel number Enter the keywords outgoing-port-channel followed by the number of the port channel to display flow information. incominginterface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information: For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number. The range is 1 to 128.
• In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the first fragment. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the subsequent fragments. NOTE: In the show port channel flow command output, the egress port for an unknown unicast, multicast, or broadcast traffic is not displayed.
debug ip udp-helper Enable UDP debug and display the debug information on a console. S5000 Syntax debug ip udp-helper To disable debug information, use the no debug ip udp-helper command. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE (config-if) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information When a UDP broadcast packet is flooded out of an interface, and the outgoing interface is configured using this command, the outgoing packet’s IP destination address is replaced with the configured broadcast address. Related Commands debug ip udp-helper – enables debug and displays the debug information on a console.
Related Commands ip helper-address – configures the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server. debug ip udp-helper – enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. show ip udp-helper – displays the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. show ip udp-helper Display the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. S5000 Syntax show ip udp-helper Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Fabric Services Commands 23 The following commands are supported for Fabric Services operation on the S5000. active-zoneset Activate the zoneset. S5000 Syntax active-zoneset zoneset_name To change to the default zone behavior, use the no active-zoneset zoneset_name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name. FC FABRIC CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters number Trace level used to record FC information in the dump file. Range: 1 to 4, where: • 0 turns FC traces off. • 1 records FC error messages. • 2 records FC warning messages. • 3 records FC informational messages. • 4 records all messages generated for FC operation on the switch. Default: 4. Defaults Trace level 4: All FC error messages on the switch are recorded in the FC dump file. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use the clear counters fibrechannel command to clear the statistics (counters) displayed in show interfaces fibrechannel command output for a specified FC port. Example Dell(conf)#clear counters fibrechannel 0/11 Clear counters on Fc 0/11 [confirm] yes Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface on the switch.
Parameters Command Modes Command History ZoneAliasName Enter the zone alias name. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)#fc alias za1 Dell(conf-fc-alias-za1)# Related Commands show fc alias — displays the configured alias. fc switch-mode fabric-services Change the switch mode from NPIV Gateway (NPG) mode to Fabric-Services mode.
• Warning!!: Existing fabric configuration detected, proceeding to REBOOT switch :Continue? [yes/no]: – no – Does not reboot the switch. – yes – Reboots the switch and prompts the user to save the running config. If no fcoe-map exists, the switch-mode moves to the newly configured switchmode without any warning messages. Example Dell(conf)# fc switch-mode fabric-services Related Commands show fc switch — displays FC switch parameters. fc zone Create a zone.
Parameters Command Modes Command History zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc zoneset zs1 Dell(conf-fc-zoneset-zs1)# Related Commands show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset. show fcoe-map — displays the fabric parameters. fcoe-map Create an FCoE map which contains the parameters used to configure the links between server CNAs and a SAN fabric. Apply the FCoE map on a server-facing Ethernet port.
In each FCoE map, the fabric ID, FC-MAP value, and FCoE VLAN parameters must be unique. Use one FCoE map to access one SAN fabric. You cannot use the same FCoE map to access different fabrics. To remove an FCoE map from an Ethernet interface, enter the no fcoe-map map-name command in Interface configuration mode. Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface on the switch. show fcoe-map — displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps.
Parameters Command Modes Command History name Enter the WWPN, port ID, or domain/port. ALIAS CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc alias alias1 Dell(conf-fc-alias-alias1)#member 30:11:11:02:0a:10:01:02 Dell(conf-fc-alias-alias1)# Related Commands show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset. show fc zone — displays the configured zone. member — zone Add devices to a zone.
member — zoneset Add zones into a zoneset. S5000 Syntax member zonename To remove zones from the zoneset, use the no member zonename command Parameters Command Modes Command History zonename Enter the zone name. ZONESET CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc zoneset zs1 Dell(conf-fc-zoneset-zs1)# member z1 Related Commands show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset. show fc alias Display the configured alias.
Related Commands fc alias — creates a zone alias name. show fc fabric Display information of all the switches in the fabric. S5000 Syntax show fc fabric Parameters None Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc fabric Number of FC Switches = 2 Domain Id Switch WWN 1* 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:00 2 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:80 Dell# Switch Name Sonoma Sonoma Mgmt IP addr 127.10.11.11 127.10.11.
Example Dell#show fc lsdb Total number of Link State Data Base Entries = 3 Switch Name 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:00 DomainId 1 Switch Port 1 Hops 1 Cost 125 Age 2 LinkCount 2 NeighborID 3 LocalPort 3 RemotePort 1 LinkCost 250 NeighborID 2 LocalPort 1 RemotePort 1 LinkCost 125 Switch Name 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:80 DomainId 2 Switch Port N/A Hops N/A Cost N/A Age N/A LinkCount 2 NeighborID 1 LocalPort 1 RemotePort 1 LinkCost 125 NeighborID 3 LocalPort 3 RemotePort 3 LinkCost 125 Switch Name 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:16:80
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example switch Enter the keyword switch to display all the devices in the name server database of the switch. fabric Enter the keyword fabric to display all the devices in the name server database of the fabric. brief Enter the keyword brief to display in brief devices in the name server database. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
Switch Name Domain Id Switch Port Port Id Port Name Node Name Class of Service IP Address Symbolic Port Name Symbolic Node Name Port Type Registered with NameServer Registered for SCN Switch Name Domain Id Switch Port Port Id Port Name Node Name Class of Service IP Address Symbolic Port Name SERVER2 | | Symbolic Node Name Port Type Registered with NameServer Registered for SCN Dell# 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:80 2 11 02:0b:00 31:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:77 21:11:0e:fc:00:00:00:77 8 (NULL) (NULL) Node port No No 10:00:5
Command History Example Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc route Domain Id 2 ============================================================= Source FCF-Bridge Destination ============================================================= Te 0/18 5c:f9:dd:ef:1e:03 Fc 0/11 Te 0/19 5c:f9:dd:ef:1e:04 Fc 0/11 ============================================================= Dell# show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability.
show interfaces fibrechannel — displays the configuration of a Fibre Channel interface. show fc topology Display topology information of the local port and the connected port. S5000 Syntax show fc topology Parameters None Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the show fc-trace-level command to display the current trace level used to record FC information in the FC trace file, where: • 0: FC traces are turned off. • 1: FC error messages are recorded. • 2: FC warning messages are recorded. • 3: FC informational messages are recorded. • 4: All messages generated for FC operation on the switch are recorded.
sanb_p2tgt1_wwpn Dell# Related Commands fc zone — creates a zone. member - alias — adds devices to an alias. member - zone — adds devices to a zone. show fc zoneset Display the configured and active zoneset. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show fc zoneset [ zoneset_name | active | merged ] zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name to display the zoneset name active Enter the keyword active to display the active zonesets.
Active Zoneset: fcoe_srv_fc_tgt ZoneName ZoneMember ======================================================= brcd_sanb 10:00:8c:7c:ff:21:5f:8d 20:02:00:11:0d:03:00:00 Dell# Related Commands fc zone — creates a zone. fc zoneset — creates a zoneset. active-zoneset — activates the zoneset. member - alias — adds devices to an alias. member - zone — adds devices to a zone. member - zoneset — adds zones into a zoneset.
Fibre Channel Interface Commands 24 The following commands are supported for Fibre Channel operation on the S5000. fabric Configure the SAN fabric to which a Fibre Channel port connects. S5000 Syntax Parameters fabric fcoe-map fcoe-map Enter the name of the FCoE map which contains the FCoE/FC fabric to which the Fibre Channel port connects. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
interface fibrechannel Configure a Fibre Channel (FC) interface on the switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface fibrechannel slot/port slot/port For slot, enter the stack-unit number assigned to the switch. The range of slot (stack-unit) numbers is from 0 to 11. The range of port numbers is from 0 to 47. NOTE: In release 9.0.(1.3), an FC module can be installed only in expansion slot 0 (ports 0 to 11) on an S5000 switch.
FCoE map over server-facing Ethernet ports. A server sees the FC port with its applied FCoE map as an FCF port. Example Dell(conf)#interface fibrechannel 3/0 Dell(conf-if-fc-3/0)#exit# Related Commands show interfaces fibrechannel — displays the configuration of a Fibre Channel interface. show interfaces fibrechannel Display the configuration of a Fibre Channel interface.
Table 6. Output Fields for the show interfaces fibrechannel Command Field Description Information: Fibrechannel 0/0 is down, FC link is down Administrative state. of the Fibre Channel interface (up/ enabled or down/ shutdown) and operational state of the FC link (up or down) Pluggable media present, SFP+ type Pluggable optic is. inserted in the port or not, and the SFP+ optic type Wavelength Wavelength of the. inserted optic SFP+ receive power Power received on.
Field Description WWN, FC-ID Factory-provided. world-wide name (WWN) of FC port (in hexadecimal) that uniquely identifies the port on the switch (not userconfigurable) and the unique FC port ID (24-bit in hexadecimal) received from an FC switch in the fabric after a successful login Last clearing of "show interface" counters Elapsed time since. the interface counters displayed in show interfaces output were last cleared Statistics: BBCR_FrameFailures BBCR_RRDYFrameFailures Number of link.
Field Class3Discards Number of Class 3. frames dropped DecodeErrors Number of decode. errors FBusy FReject AddressErrors LinkFailures InvalidCRC Number of Fabric. port Busy (F_BSY) frames received Number of Fabric. port Reject (F_RJT) frames received Number of frame-. address ID errors Number of link. failures Number of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) errors TotalRxBytes Number of bytes. received TotalTxBytes Number of bytes. transmitted LongFramesIn LossOfSync ShortFramesIn Number of long.
Field Description RxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences received TxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences transmitted TotalOfflineSequences Total number of. offline sequences Rate Information: Input bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Incoming rate of FC. traffic in bytes per second, frames per second, and percentage of the total line rate Output bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Outgoing rate of FC.
LinkFailures 0 TxOfflineSeq 3 InvalidCRC 0 TotalOfflineSeq 4 Rate info: Input 0 bytes/sec, 0 frames/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 0 bytes/sec, 0 frames/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 03:00:35 Related Commands interface fibrechannel — configures a Fibre Channel interface on the switch. speed Set the speed of a Fibre Channel port or configure the port to auto-negotiate its speed with a peer.
Passthrough Commands The following are passthrough commands supported on the S5000. show stack-unit port-group portmode Display the fibre channel port-group mode information. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show system stack-unit unit-number port-group portmode stack-unit unitnumber • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit number. The range is from 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters Command Modes Command History stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit number. The range is from 0 to 11. port-group number Enter the keywords port-group then the number of the port-group. The range is from 0 to 5. portmode Enter the keyword portmode then the keyword ethernet to enable Ethernet mode. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
25 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. arp Use address resolution protocol (ARP) to associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch. S5000 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface-type slot/port To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mac-address Enter a MAC address in nnnn.nnnn.nnnn format.
Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Related Commands clear arp-cache – clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp – displays the ARP table. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. S5000 Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands show arp retries – displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S5000 Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes seconds Enter the number of minutes. The range is 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes. Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
• For a Management interface, enter the keyword managementethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port is 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip followed by the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM.
clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all forwarding information base (fib) entries in the specified stack-unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information below). S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip fib stack—unit unit-number stack-unit unitnumber • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000.
show ip route summary – views a summary of the routing table. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. S5000 Syntax clear tcp statistics Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S5000 Syntax debug arp [interface-type slot/port] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on. debug ip dhcp Enable debug information for dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) relay transactions and display the information on the console. S5000 Syntax debug ip dhcp To disable debug, use the no debug ip dhcp command.
Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REPLY (Unicast) received at interface 14.4.4.1 BOOTP Reply, hops = 0, XID = 0xda4f9503, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C, teaddr = 113.3.3.17 00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.
Command Modes Command History Example Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: Introduced on the S5000. echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.
• Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example 612 For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the Example below. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet.
IP Fragment, Ident = 4741, fragment offset = 1480 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.5 (Te 4/11), len 64, sending broad/multicast proto=89 IP: s=40.40.40.40 (local), d=224.0.0.6 (Te 4/11), len 28, sending broad/multicast proto=2 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, unroutable ICMP type=8, code=0 IP: s=0.0.0.0, d=30.30.30.30, len 100, unroutable ICMP type=8, code=0 Usage Information Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on.
ip address Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. S5000 Syntax ip address ip-address mask [secondary] To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ipaddress] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24). secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. Defaults Not configured.
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S5000 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip name-server – specifies a DNS server.
Related Commands ip domain-list – configures additional names. ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. S5000 Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters ip-address Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. S5000 Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
You must compensate for Layer 2 header when configuring link MTU on an Ethernet interface or Dell Networking OS may not fragment packets. If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (the ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include for the Layer 2 header. Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for Port Channels and VLANs are as follows Port Channels: • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value.
ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. S5000 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address, in dotted decimal format, of the name server to be used. ipv4-address2...
Related Commands show ip interface – displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S5000 Syntax ip route {[ destination | mask | ip-address | interface-type slot/port | distance ]} [permanent] [tag tag-value] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask {address | interface-type slot/port [ip-address]} command. To delete all routes matching a certain route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
route goes down. The route must be up initially to install it in the routing table. tag tag-value Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag followed by a number to assign to the route. The range is 1 to 4294967295. Introduced on the S5000. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.0 /24 tengigabitethernet 0/0 172.31.5.
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. S5000 Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute MAC traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-mac — Uses the destination MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-dest-mac — Uses the destination and source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash.
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. S5000 Syntax Parameters management route {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}/mask {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}/ mask Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X), followed by the prefix-length for the IP address of the management interface. NOTE: The :: notation in an IPv6 address specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
show arp Display the ARP table. S5000 Syntax Parameters IPv4 Routing show arp [inspection | interface type slot/port | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address [mac-address mask] | retries] [static | dynamic] [summary] inspection (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword inspection followed by database or statistics to view dynamic ARP inspection details. interface type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The Example below shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (PVLAN) (refer to Private VLAN (PVLAN)). The following describes the show arp command shown in the Example below. Example Row Heading Description Protocol Displays the protocol type. Address Displays the IP address of the ARP entry. Age(min) Displays the age (in minutes) of the ARP entry.
Row Heading Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists the CPU entries are stored on. Example (Summary) Dell#show arp summary Related Commands ip local-proxy-arp – enables/disables Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show hosts command in the Example below. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured). Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are...
Z10-3 Dell# Related Commands (perm, OK) - IP 192.71.23.1 traceroute – views the DNS resolution. ip host – configures a host. show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for the S5000 switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information IPv4 Routing show ip cam stack-unit unit-number port-set pipe-number [ipaddress mask [longer-prefixes] | ecmp-group | member-info | detail | summary] stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number.
Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. CG Displays 0. V Displays a 1 if the entry is valid and a 0 otherwise. C Displays the CPU bit. 1 indicates that a packet hitting this entry is forwarded to the CP depending on egress port. V Id Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN. Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface.
2.1.1.0 100.1.1. 100.1.1. 0.0.0.0 Dell# Example (Member-Info) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 0 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 00:00:00:00:00:00 3f01 0004 0009 3f01 CP Te 0/3 Te 0/8 CP 0 0 - Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 0 po 0 ecmp-group member-info detail Group Index Member Count Mac-Addr Port VLan ID Gateway ----------- ------------------------------- -----------------0 2 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 Te 0/3 0 1.1.1.2 00:01:e8:8a:d6:58 Te 0/8 0 2.1.1.
Example Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address to be used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information destination-ipaddress Enter the destination IP address. source-port port-number Enter the keywords source-port followed by the source port number. destinationport portnumber Enter the keywords destination-port followed by the destination port number. EXEC Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 636 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
Example Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
present Vlan 1 Vlan 1002 Dell# unassigned NO unassigned NO Manual administratively down down Manual administratively down down show ip management-route View the IP addresses assigned to the Management interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch.
show ipv6 management-route Display the IPv6 static routes configured for the management interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ipv6 management-route [all | connected | summary | static] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface.
Example Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Fast-external-failover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information IPv4 Routing connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only the directly connected routes. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view both active and non-active routes. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes configured by the ip route command. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
Example Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Column Heading Description Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS. Active Routes Identifies the best route if a route is learned from two protocol sources. Non-active Routes Identifies the back-up routes when a route is learned by two different protocols. If the best route or active route goes down, the non-active route becomes the best route.
Keyword Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts those packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by Dell Networking OS. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; the host/network is unreachable. security failures...
Example • ARP Statistics: Rcvd: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplyRecv, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.3 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Request: Object = f10ArpReqSent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.2 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Replies: Object = f10ArpReplySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.4 • ARP Statistics: Sent: Proxy: Object = f10ArpProxySent, OIDs = 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) The following describes the show tcp statistics command shown in the Example below. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. 0 checksum error... IPv4 Routing Introduced on the S5000.
11603 data packets... Displays the number of data packets sent. 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent. 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 0 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 15 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped.
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 26 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on the Dell Networking S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections • IPv6 ACL Commands • IPv6 Route Map Commands NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • The S5000 requires manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command.
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. S5000 Syntax Parameters cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} default l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 • L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 • L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 • L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs.
Parameters default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. You must enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-listname • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000. deny Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. deny icmp Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages.
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The information below lists the keywords displayed in the CLI help and their corresponding ICMP Message Type Name.
deny tcp Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
• • • destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
Example An ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM: Rule# 1 Data Mask From 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 To #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny – assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp – assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
deny tcp – assigns a deny filter for TCP traffic. ipv6 access-group Assign an IPv6 access-group to an interface. S5000 Syntax ipv6 access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan range] To delete an IPv6 access-group configuration, use the no ipv6 access-group access-list-name {in} [implicit-permit] [vlan range] command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters.
ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. S5000 Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. S5000 Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command.
permit Select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP to configure a filter that match the filter criteria. S5000 Syntax permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit {ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command ip-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is 0 to 255.
• Parameters Use the no permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
permit tcp Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria. S5000 Syntax permit tcp {[source address | mask ]} [any] {[ host ipv6address | [operator ][port port] | [destination address ] | [ bit ]} [count] | [byte] | [log] | [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: • psh: push function • rst: reset the connection • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM: Rule# 1 Data Mask From 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 To #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp – assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
• port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host to which the packets are sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp – assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. remark Enter a description for an IPv6 ACL entry. S5000 Syntax remark remark number [description] To delete the description, use the no remark remark number command (it is not necessary to include the remark description that you are deleting). Parameters remark number Enter the remark number. The range is 0 to 4294967290.
Related Commands show config – displays the current ACL configuration. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. S5000 Syntax Parameters resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-listname Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters.
Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an internet control message protocol (ICMP) version 6 filter. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure any internet protocol (IP) version 6 filter. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a Transmission Control Protocol filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a User Datagram Protocol filter.
the message type . The range is 0 to 255 for ICMP type and 0 to 255 for ICMP code. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured.
FcoeAcl iscsiOptAcl : : 2 2 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 2 iscsiOptAcl : 2 Related Commands cam-acl – configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. show cam-acl-egress Show information on FP groups allocated for egress ACLs. S5000 Syntax show cam-acl-egress Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.
show config View the current IPv6 ACL configuration. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Field Description “Ingress IPv6...” Displays the name of the IPv6 ACL, in this Example “AclList1”. “seq 10...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes processed by the filter is displayed at the end of the line.
seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count Dell# test cam-usage Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. S5000 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy inputinput-policy—map name input policymap name Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the policy-map to verify. Introduced on the S5000.
Example Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input pmap_12 stack-unit all Stack-| Portpipe| CAM Partn| Avail CAM| Est CAM/Port| Status unit -------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 2| 1| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell# Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input pmap_12 stack-unit 4 port-set 0 Stack-| Portpipe| CAM Partn| Avail CAM| Est CAM/Port| Status unit -------------------------------------------
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTE-MAP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. match ipv6 next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ipv6 route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match ipv6 next-hop Configure a filter which matches based on the next-hop IPv6 addresses specified in the IPv6 prefix list.
To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name command. Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keywords prefix-list followed by the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Introduced on the S5000. match ipv6 address – redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ipv6 next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
set ipv6 next-hop Configure a filter that specifies IPv6 address as the next hop. S5000 Syntax set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address To delete the setting, use the no set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show route-map View the current route map configurations. S5000 Syntax show route-map Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#show route-map ! route-map Rmap1, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: ip address: v4plist ipv6 address: plist1 ipv6 next-hop prefix-lists: plist2 ipv6 route-source prefix-lists: plist3 Set clauses: next-hop 1.1.1.1 ipv6 next-hop 3333:2222:: Related Commands route-map – configures a route map.
27 IPv6 Basics IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on the Dell Networking S5000 switch. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking OS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the "IPv6 Addressing" chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a stack-unit.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. S5000 Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface.
ipv6 address Configure an IPv6 address to an interface. S5000 Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets per second that can be sent per second. S5000 Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp errorrate-limit command. Parameters pps Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the maximum number of error packets to be generated per second.
ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address to be used by the host-to-IP address mapping table. S5000 Syntax Parameters ipv6 host name ipv6-address name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers.
ipv6 nd dad attempts Configure the number of neighbor solicitation messages that are sent to perform duplicate address detection (DAD) on the management interface. S5000 Syntax ipv6 nd dad attempts {number of attempts} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 nd dad attempts command. Parameters number of attempts Enter the number of attempts to be made to detect a duplicate address The range is 0 to 15. Setting the value to 0 disables DAD on the interface.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information off-link Enter the keywords off-link to advertise the prefix without stating to recipients that the prefix is either on-link or offlink. valid-lifetime | infinite Enter the amount of time that the prefix is advertised, or enter infinite for an unlimited amount of time. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 2592000. The maximum value means that the preferred lifetime does not expire for the valid-life time parameter.
• For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. • For a loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For the null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0).
recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied. After an IPv6 static route interface is created, if an IP address is not assigned to a peer interface, the peer must be manually pinged to resolve the neighbor information.
index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands ipv6 flowlabel-zero – Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. show ipv6 fib stack-unit View all FIB entries. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 fib stack-unit unit-number [summary | ipv6-address] stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of entries in IPv6 cam.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands EXEC Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ipv6 nd dad attempts – Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
Example (Brief) Dell#show ipv6 interface brief TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fe3a:143e 10::1/64 ... ManagementEthernet 0/0 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fe5d:b74c fdaa:bbbb:cccc:1004::50/64 ... Vlan 3 [up/up] fe80::201:e8ff:fe3a:19b7 show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. S5000 Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example 694 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Errors: Malformed Packets: 4510 show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Example Field Description (undefined) Identifies the type of route: • L = Local • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active
C L Example (Summary) 2004::/32 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/1, 00:28:49 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 00:29:09 Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 5 0 static 0 0 Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes trust ipv6-diffserv Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. S5000 Syntax trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command.
000XXXXX — 0 698 0 IPv6 Basics
28 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on the Dell Networking S5000 switch. This chapter includes the following sections: • IPv6 BGP Commands • IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
attribute-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
To disable comparison of MED, use the no bgp always-compare-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate a preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute.
Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands bgp cluster-id – assigns and ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list – views paths with a cluster ID. bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. S5000 Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535. Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The Autonomous Systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each Autonomous System is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other Autonomous Systems. After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are positiondependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views the BGP paths.
bgp enforce-first-as Disable (or enable) enforce-first-as check for updates received from EBGP peers. S5000 Syntax bgp enforce-first-as To turn off the default, use the no bgp enforce-first-as command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This is enabled by default; that is, for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer.
Usage Information The bgp fast-external-failover command appears in the show config command output. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. S5000 Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters neighbor ipaddress | peergroup-name ip-address of the neighbor in IP address format of the neighbor • peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers. The range is 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds. stale-path-time seconds Enter the keywords stale-path-time followed by the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths.
Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems (ASs). S5000 Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs does not have their MEDs compared).
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution using BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not. The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent.
Example Dell(conf-router_bgp)#no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Dell(conf-router_bgp)#do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
bgp soft-reconfig-backup Use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated between peers to avoid having a peer resend BGP updates. S5000 Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) – enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet.
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category on the S5000. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S5000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
Parameters as-number Enter an autonomous system (AS) number to reset neighbors belonging to that AS. If used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is 0 to 65535 (2-byte), 1 to 4294967295 (4-byte), or 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that AS.
| soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP. Used without a qualifier, the keyword ipv6–address resets all neighbors belonging to that IP. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that IP. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family.
Parameters Command Modes Command History peer-group peer-groupname Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear ip bgp ipv6 dampening Clear information on route dampening and return suppressed route to active state.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History filter-list aspath-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp regularexpression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • .
as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS. The range is 0 to 65535 (2-Byte) 1 to 4294967295 (4Byte) or 0.1 to .65535.65535 (Dotted format). ipv4-neighboraddr | ipv6neighbor-addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor. peer-group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group. ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes. in Reapply only inbound policies.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
out Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on dampened (non-active) IPv6 routes. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates.
Usage Information Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. S5000 Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. router bgp – enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. S5000 Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S5000 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
peer-groupname Identify a peer group by name. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the identified neighbor or peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information using an established prefix list. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
neighbor ebgp-multihop Attempt and accept BGP connections to external peers on networks that are not directly connected. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
peer-groupname Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of the peer group. Introduced on the S5000 Usage Information When you enable fall-over, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 reachability to the peer remote address and the peer local address. Whenever either address becomes unreachable (for examle, no active route exists in the routing table for peer IP or IPv6 destination/local address), BGP brings down the session with the peer.
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group.
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, the private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Applies to external border gateway protocol (EBGP) neighbors only.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command.
When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6address | peer-group-name} send-community command.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group.
CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation. The entire BGP update database from the neighbor is stored in memory regardless of the inbound policy results applied on the neighbor. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors – displays IPv6 routing information exchanged by BGP neighbors. neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. the range is 1 to 65535. the default is 60 seconds.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group. loopback interface Enter the keyword loopback followed by a number of the loopback interface. The range is 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the capture bgp-pdu maxbuffer-size * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path. neighbor X:X:X::X password Enable TCP MD5 Authentication for an IPv6 BGP peer session. S5000 Syntax neighbor x:x:x::x password {7 |
mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, /24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Though Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/ sourcing a local route in presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command.
Related Commands neighbor default-originate – injects the default route. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute isis [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of IS-IS routes, use the no redistribute isis command. Parameters level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] (OPTIONAL) Enter the type (level) of routes to redistribute.
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. S5000 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the AS number. The range is 1 to 65535. Introduced on the S5000. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the S5000.
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
longer-prefixes Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Introduced on the S5000. When you enable bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to view all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED. All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list [list name] list name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. Introduced on the S5000. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address prefixlength] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Displays information on IPv6 unicast routes exchanged by BGP neighbors.
receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes followed by either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: The neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command must be configured prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
Example Sent messages The line displays the number of BGP messages sent, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages waiting in a queue for processing. Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Soft reconfiguration This line indicates that soft reconfiguration inbound is configured. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements.
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Pre
Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast – views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] local-routes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes. Introduced on the S5000.
NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique extended community information in the BGP database. S5000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths extcommunity • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on theS5000. show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. S5000 Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands keepalive Enter the time interval (in seconds) between keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds.
address family This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). S5000 Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. Defaults IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. attribute-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half, after the half-life period expires. The range is 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes. reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value, the flapping route is once again advertised (or no longer suppressed).
Parameters * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History dampening (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes the number of flaps and the time of the last flap. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filterlist list |regexp regexp network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics. filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list (maximum 16 characters).
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates.
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast updates View information about BGP updates. S5000 Syntax Parameters debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast ipv6-address prefix-length updates [in | out] ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
local-distance Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter a number to assign to routes learned from networks listed in the network command. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 200. • external-distance = 20 • internal-distance = 200 • local-distance = 200 ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes.
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. Related Command address family – changes the context to SAFI.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} default-originate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
Defaults Disabled (that is, the private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on theS5000. neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command.
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} route-reflectorclient To indicate that the neighbor is not a route reflector client or to delete a route reflector configuration, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} route-reflector-client command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
• match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Usage Information Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast command shown in the Example below. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0::0/0 is listed in this column, local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned.
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community – views BGP communities. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. S5000 Syntax Paramters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] cluster-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Introduced on the S5000.
no-export Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Introduced on the S5000. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display detailed BGP information. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Introduced on the S5000. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv6-address prefix-length [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Last read This line displays the following information: • last read is the time (hours:minutes:seconds) the router reads a message from its neighbor • hold time is the number of seconds configured between messages from its neighbor • keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive Received messages This line displays the number of BGP messages received, the number of notifications (error messages), and the number of messages w
Example Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast – views the current BGP routing table.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information 796 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command shown in the Example below. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number.
InQ Displays the number of messages from that neighbor waiting to be processed. OutQ Displays the number of messages waiting to be sent to that neighbor. If a number appears in parentheses, the number represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time (in hours:minutes:seconds) that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
iSCSI Optimization 29 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S5000 switch. Use the following Dell Networking OS commands to configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBx to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S5000 Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBx iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command.
Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. iscsi cos Set the QoS policy that is applied to the iSCSI flows. S5000 Syntax iscsi cos {enable | disable | dot1p vlan-priority-value [remark] | dscp dscp-value [remark]} To disable the QoS policy, use the no iscsi cos dscp command.
Usage Information By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. Dell Networking recommends changing the dot1p priority-queue setting to 0 (zero). iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. S5000 Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled.
iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. S5000 Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored. S5000 Syntax iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...
When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port to be deleted is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. S5000 Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell# show iscsi session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 30 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S5000 switch. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa). S5000 Syntax advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1} prefixlist-name To return to the default, use the no advertise {level1-into-level2 | level2-into-level1}[prefix-list-name] command. Parameters level1-intolevel2 Enter the keywords level1-into-level2 to advertise Level 1 routes into Level 2 LSPs. This is the default.
encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter a 1 to 16-character length alphanumeric string to prevent unauthorized access or incorrect routing information corrupting the link state database. The password is processed as plain text, which only provides limited security. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information.
Usage Information Use this command to configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address. Related Commands hostname dynamic – enables dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. S5000 Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command.
Command Modes Command History • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug isis local-updates Enables debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS local update packets.
debug isis snp-packets Enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets. S5000 Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface-type slot/port] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis snp-packets [interfacetype slot/port] command. Parameters Command Modes Command History interface-type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type followed by slot/port or number information.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that are detected by a router. S5000 Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface-type slot/port] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface-type slot/port] command. Parameters Command Modes Command History interface-type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type followed by slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to have the default route always advertised. metric metric (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number to assign to the route. The range is 0 to 16777215.
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Introduced on the S5000. router isis – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes.
trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored. distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. S5000 Syntax distribute-list [prefix-list-name] in [interface-type slot/ port] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface-type slot/port] command.
distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates. S5000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [connected | bgp as number | ospf process-id | rip | static] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-listname out Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates followed by the keyword out.
distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network. S5000 Syntax distribute-list redistributed-override in To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributedoverride in command. Defaults none Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The domain password is inserted in Level 2 link state PDUs (LSPs), complete sequence number PDUs (CSNPs), and partial sequence number PDUs (PSNPs). Related Commands • area-password – configures an IS-IS area authentication password. • isis priority – configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router.
graceful-restart interval Set the graceful restart grace period, the time during that all graceful restart attempts are prevented. S5000 Syntax graceful-restart interval minutes To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart interval command. Parameters minutes Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is 1 to 20 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. Introduced on the S5000.
graceful-restart t2 Configure the wait time for the graceful restart timer T2 that a restarting router uses as the wait time for each database to synchronize. S5000 Syntax graceful-restart t2 {level-1 | level-2} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t2 command. Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds.
Usage Information The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used. Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command.
hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. S5000 Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | pointto-point] command. Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs.
Usage Information Use this command to build name-to-systemID mapping tables through the protocol. All show commands that display systems also display the hostname. Related Commands clns host – defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. S5000 Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors).
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the net command to assign a network entity title to enable IS-IS. • net – configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. • router isis – enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process.
isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. S5000 Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface.
Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multiaccess networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. Use a high hello interval seconds to conserve bandwidth and CPU usage. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources). Related Commands isis hello-multiplier – specifies the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down.
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. S5000 Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. S5000 Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command.
isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. S5000 Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To protect your network from unauthorized access, use this command to prevent unauthorized routers from forming adjacencies. You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2.
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. S5000 Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Usage Information This command allows you to monitor adjacency state changes, which is useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system’s error message facility. lsp-gen-interval Set the minimum interval between successive generations of link-state packets (LSPs).
wait time specified (interval seconds). After the network calms down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs generated by this router. S5000 Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size Defaults 1497 bytes.
lifetime command. The range is 1 to 65535 seconds. The default is 900. Defaults 900 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsplifetime command.
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. S5000 Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept.
Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. metric-style Configure a router to generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV). S5000 Syntax metric-style [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no metric-style [level-1 | level-2] command.
To return to a single topology configuration, use the no multi-topology [transition] command. Parameters transition Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. net Use this mandatory command to configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. S5000 Syntax passive-interface interface-type slot/port To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface-type slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the interface type and slot/port or number information.
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. S5000 Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To redistribute a default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Changing or disabling a keyword in this command does not affect the state of the other command keywords. When an LSP with an internal metric is received, the Dell Networking OS considers the route cost while considering the advertised cost to reach the destination.
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: route-map map-name • external • internal map-name is an identifier for a configured route map.
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. S5000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metrictype {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63.
• is-type – assigns a type for a given area. set-overload-bit Configure the router to set the overload bit in its non-pseudonode LSPs. This prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. S5000 Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set.
clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 ! address-family ipv6 unicast maximum-paths 16 multi-topology transition set-overload-bit spf-interval level-1 100 15 20 spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family Example (AddressFamily_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show isis database command shown in the Example below. Field Description IS-IS Level-1/ Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID.
Example The bold sections identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings. S5000 Syntax show isis graceful-restart detail Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Dell#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Dell ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 852 show isis interface [type slot/port] interface type slot/port • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Next IS-IS LAN Level-1 Hello in 2 seconds Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 Hello in 1 seconds LSP Interval: 33 TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the Example below. Example Field Description System Id The value that identifies a system in an area.
show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. S5000 Syntax show isis protocol Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The bold section below identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128.
Field Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations LSP checksum errors received LSP authentication failures Example Description Displays the. number of times designated router elections ran Displays the. number of shortest path first calculations Displays the. number of checksum errors LSPs received Displays the.
To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-2 to apply the configuration to Level-2 SPF calculations. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations. The range is 0 to 120 seconds.
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networking’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs)—known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking OS. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, etc.) S5000 Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type slot/port][in | out]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type slot/port][in | out]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. S5000 Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp longtimeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect.
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S5000 Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Introduced on the S5000. port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode.
Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. LACP Modes active An interface is in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the active state and also automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the passive state.
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. S5000 Syntax Parameters show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number: The range is 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Defaults Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
Example (Counter) Dell#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------Te 10/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters – clears the LACP counters. show interfaces port-channel – displays information on configured Port Channel groups.
32 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on the S5000 Dell Networking switch. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table dynamic Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
vlan vlan-id Command Modes Command History • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. Enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. EXEC Privilege Version 9.
mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs. S5000 Syntax mac-address-table static mac-address output interface-type slot/port vlan vlan-id To remove a MAC address, use the no mac-address-table static macaddress output interface-type slot/port vlan vlan-id command. Parameters mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexidecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
mac-address-table station-move threshold Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN. A trap is sent if a station move is detected above a threshold number of times in a given interval. S5000 Syntax Parameters [no] mac-address-table station-move threshold number interval count threshold number Enter the keyword threshold followed by the number of times MAC addresses in VLANs can change before an SNMP trap is sent. The range is 1 to 10.
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit [address_limit ] | [learn-limit-violation] | [station-move-violation] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is 1 to 1000000. learn-limitviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the learn-limit-violation keyword to specify an action when the learn limit is reached.
Related Commands clear counters – Clear counters used in the show interface command. clear mac-address-table dynamic – clears the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky – Replaces deprecated no-station-move parameter. show mac learning-limit – displays MAC learning-limit configuration. mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation.
To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically-learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit – displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. S5000 Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses learned dynamically by the switch. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC address specifically configured on the switch. interface type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Parameters Command Modes Command History 876 dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses learned dynamically by the switch. Optionally, you can also add one of these combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC address specifically configured on the switch.
Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the Example below. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number. Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information.
Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time – displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
in | out Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128.
show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface type slot/port ] violate-action (OPTIONALY) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup. NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. description Add a description about the selected VLAN. S5000 Syntax Parameters description description description Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlanid 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Related Commands interface vlan – configures a VLAN. default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. S5000 Defaults Enabled.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands description – assigns a descriptive text string to the interface. interface vlan – configures a VLAN. show vlan – displays the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed. name vlanname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword name followed by the name configured for the VLAN. Only information on the VLAN named is displayed. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Dell#show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C Community, I - Isolated Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Te 13/0) T Po20(Te 13/6), Te 13/25 T Te 13/7 3 Active T Po20(Te 13/6) T Te 13/7 U Te 13/1 4 Active U Po2(Te 13/2) T Po20(Te 13/6) T Te 13/7 5 Active T Po20(Te 13/6) T Te 13/7 U Te 13/3 6 Active U Po3(Te 13/4) T Po20(Te 13/6) T Te 13/7 7 Active T Po20(T
42 Dell# Active U Te 13/47 Example (Brief) Dell#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, you must remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in the track ip command are operationally UP, and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP. If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN.
Usage Information Related Commands Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command. To remove an untagged interface from all VLANs, including the Default VLAN, enter INTERFACE mode and use the no switchport command. interface vlan – configures a VLAN. tagged – specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. • fefd – enables far-end failure detection on an interface. • fefd reset – enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd Enable far-end failure detection on an interface. S5000 Syntax fefd To disable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command. • fefd reset – enables FEFD globally on the system.
If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd – enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global interval – configures an interval between FEFD control packets. • show fefdshow fefd – shows the FEFD command output. fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. S5000 Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command.
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) • Introduced on the S5000. fefd – enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. S5000 Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface.
fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. S5000 Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface-type slot/port] interface-type slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) • (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands Layer 2 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show fefd command shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets.
• fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global – enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset – resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 33 Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The Dell Networking OS implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol lldp (Configuration) – enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp – displays the LLDP running configuration.
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). S5000 Syntax advertise management -tlv {system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management tlv {system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters systemcapabilities Enter the keywords system-capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs.
• Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. Introduced on the S5000. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interfaces.
debug lldp interface Enable LLDP debugging to display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets. S5000 Syntax debug lldp interface {interface type slot/port | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S5000 Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol lldp (Configuration) – enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. mode Set LLDP to receive or transmit. S5000 Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode {tx | rx} command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. S5000 Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode.
show lldp neighbors Display LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specified interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters show lldp neighbors [interfacetype slot/port] [detail] interfacetype slot/port detail Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter theinterface keyword followed by interface type and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show lldp statistics Total number of neighbors: 300 Last table change time : Mon Oct 02 16:00:52 2006 Number of Table Inserts : 1621 Number of Table Deletes : 200 Number of Table Drops : 0 Number of Table Age Outs : 400 Dell# show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. S5000 Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.
• LLDP-MED Endpoint Device — any device that is on an IEEE 802 LAN network edge, can communicate using IP, and uses the LLDP-MED framework. • LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP-MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Networking system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
advertise med guest-voice-signaling Configure the system to advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data. S5000 Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
Parameters coordinatebased value Enter the keywords coordinate-based followed by the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based followed by the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is 6 to 255 bytes. ecs-elin value Enter the keywords ecs-elin followed by the Emergency Call Service (ecs) Emergency Location Identification Number (elin) numeric location string. The range is 10 to 25 characters. Defaults unconfigured.
Related Commands debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp – displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med softphone-voice Configure the system to advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. The range is 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp – displays the LLDP running configuration.
advertise med video-signaling Configure the system to advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data. S5000 Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. The range is 0 to 7.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug lldp interface – debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors – displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp – displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med voice-signaling Configure the system to advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data.
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 34 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. Dell Networking OS supports MSDP commands on the S5000 switch. debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging.
ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable a MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. S5000 Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command followed by the ip msdp cacherejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is 0 to 32766.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If a list is not specified, all SA messages received from the default peer are accepted. You can enter multiple default peer commands. ip msdp log-adjacency-changes Enable logging of MSDP adjacency changes. S5000 Syntax ip msdp log-adjacency-changes To disable logging, use the no ip msdp log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.
Usage Information A MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intradomain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group. If member X of a mesh-group receives a SA message from an MSDP peer that is also a member of the mesh-group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group.
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S5000 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp peer command to reset the peer. Related Commands ip msdp sa-limit – configures the MSDP SA Limit. clear ip msdp peer – clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp – displays the MSDP information. ip msdp redistribute Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache. SAs which are denied by the ACL will time out and not be refreshed. Until they time out, they continue to reside in the MSDP SA cache.
Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering. peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). access-list name Enter the name of an extended ACL that contains permitted SAs. If you do not use this option, all local entries are blocked. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands ip msdp peer – configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer – clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp – displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Introduced on the S5000. ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP.
show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} peer peer address Enter the keyword peer followed by the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display a MSDP peer summary. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.
35 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by Dell Networking OS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. MSTP is supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#debug spanning-tree mstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the multiple spanning tree. S5000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the multiple spanning tree (maximum 80 characters).
Command Modes Command History Related Commands MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. spanning-tree mstp – enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. S5000 Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. forward-delay – the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age – changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. S5000 Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The max-hops command is a configuration command that applies to both the IST and all MST instances in the MSTP region.
Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected. Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, all VLANs are mapped to MST instance zero (0) unless you use the vlan range command to map it to a non-zero instance. name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region.
protocol spanning-tree mstp Enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group. S5000 Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti – maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name – assigns the region name to the MST region. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History Example Version 9.0(1.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must enable the multiple spanning tree protocol prior to using this command. Example Dell#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance.
Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.82, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 1109, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 88 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/6) is root Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.88 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.
CIST external path cost 0 Number of topology changes 1, last change occured 00:00:15 ago on Te 0/0 Port 257 (TenGigabitEthernet 0/0) is LBK_INC Discarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.257 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value. The range is 1 to 200000.
spanning-tree mstp Configures a Layer 2 MSTP interface as an edge port with (optionally) a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard, or enables the root guard or loop guard feature on the interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters spanning-tree mstp {edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | loopguard | rootguard} edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a multiple spanning tree edge port.
• If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an err-disabled blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. • If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a loop-inconsistent blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. S5000 Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled.
36 Multicast Dell Networking OS supports multicast commands on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands • IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
ip mroute Assign a static mroute. S5000 Syntax ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] To delete a specific static mroute, use the ip mroute destination mask {ipaddress | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance] command. To delete all mroutes matching a certain mroute, use the no ip mroute destination mask command.
ip multicast-limit Use this feature to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit limit limit Defaults 400 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is 1 to 2000. Introduced on the S5000. This features allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system.
Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode – enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:04:16 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 (165.87.1.7, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:03:17 Incoming vlan: Vlan 2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 TenGigabitEthernet 4/20 Usage Information Example The following describes output for the show ip mroute command shown in the Example below.
show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. S5000 Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Static mroutes are used by network administrators to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources.
Defaults 400 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This features allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the sum total of all the multicast entries on all stack-units in the system. For each stack-unit, the multicast module only installs the maximum possible number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. Use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition to store multicast routes.
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 37 Dell Networking OS supports Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 on the S5000 switch. NDP for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
interface type slot/port Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63.
error message is sent, but the configuration is accepted. The error message is: % Error: nd ra mtu is greater than link mtu, link mtu will be used. Related Commands mtu – sets the maximum link MTU (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information. Entering the command without options shows all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP). S5000 Syntax Parameters show ipv6 neighbors [ipv6-address] [interface type slot/port] ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
CPU --------------------------------------------------------fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bc6 1439 00:01:e8:17:5b:c6 STALE Te 1/9 CP fe80::201:eff:fe17:5bc7 1439 00:01:e8:17:5b:c7 STALE Te 1/10 CP fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bc8 1439 00:01:e8:17:5b:c8 STALE Te 1/11 CP fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5caf 0.
NPIV Proxy Gateway 38 The N-port identifier virtualization (NPIV) Proxy Gateway (NPG) feature provides FCoE-FC bridging capability on the S5000 switch, allowing server CNAs to communicate with SAN fabrics over the S5000. To configure the S5000 to operate as an NPIV proxy gateway, use the following commands: dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic.
Related Commands show qos dcb-map– displays the dcb-map profiles configured on the system. dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all– applies a DCB map on all ports of a switch stack. description In an FCoE map, add a text description of the FCoE and FC parameters used to transmit storage traffic over an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway in a converged fabric. S5000 Syntax Parameters description text text Defaults None Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a maximum of 32 characters.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. An FCoE map is a template used to map FCoE and FC parameters in a converged fabric. An FCoE map is used to virtualize upstream FC ports on an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway so that they appear to downstream server CNA ports as FCoE forwarder (FCF) ports on an FCoE network.
Defaults None Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. In the fabric-id vlan command, the fabric and VLAN ID numbers must be the same. In each FCoE map, the fabric ID, FC-MAP value, and FCoE VLAN parameters must be unique. To remove a fabric-VLAN association from an FCoE map, enter the no fabric-id vlan command.
To remove a configured FC-MAP value from an FCoE map, enter the no fc-map command. Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. fcf-priority In an FCoE map, configure the priority used by a server CNA to select an upstream FCoE forwarder (FCF).
feature fc Enable Fibre Channel capability on the S5000. S5000 Syntax feature fc Defaults The S5000 is not enabled to operate in Fibre Channel mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to configure the S5000 to interoperate with Fibre Channel devices in SAN fabrics. Enter the no feature fc command to disable the Fibre Channel command-line interface and free memory resources allocated to Fibre Channel operation.
Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. interface vlan (NPIV proxy gateway) Create a dedicated VLAN to be used to send and receive Fibre Channel traffic over FCoE links between servers and a fabric over an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway. S5000 Syntax Parameters interface vlan vlan-id vlan-id Defaults Not configured.
show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. keepalive In an FCoE map, enable the monitoring of FIP keepalive messages (if it is disabled). S5000 Syntax keepalive Parameters None Defaults FIP keepalive monitoring is enabled on Ethernet and Fibre Channel interfaces. Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information FIP keepalive (FKA) messaging is used to detect if other FCoE devices are reachable.
dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_groupnum dot1p4_groupnum dot1p5_groupnum dot1p6_groupnum dot1p7_groupnum Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.1p priority to one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group. S5000 Syntax Parameters priority-group group-num {bandwidth percentage| strictpriority} pfc {on | off} priority-group group-num Enter the keyword priority-group followed by the number of an 802.1p priority group. Use the prioritypgid command to create the priority groups in a DCB map.
By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each dot1p priority in a priority group. Use the bandwidth parameter to configure the bandwidth percentage assigned to a priority group. The sum of the bandwidth allocated to all priority groups in a DCB map must be 100% of the bandwidth on the link. You must allocate at least 1% of the total port bandwidth to each priority group.
Example Field Description Fabric-Name Name of a SAN fabric. Fabric ID The ID number of the SAN fabric to which FC traffic is forwarded. VLAN ID The dedicated FCoE VLAN used to transport FCoE storage traffic between servers and a fabric over the NPIV proxy gateway. The configured VLAN ID must be the same as the fabric ID. VLAN priority FCoE traffic uses VLAN priority 3. (This setting is not userconfigurable.
Config-State ACTIVE Oper-State UP ======================================================= Switch Config Parameters ======================================================= R_A_TOV (ms) 10000 R_T_TOV (ms) 100 E_D_TOV (ms) 2000 DomainID 2 DomainID-Locked OFF Principal-Pri 254 ======================================================= Switch Zoning Parameters ======================================================= Default Zone Mode: Deny Active Zoneset: None =======================================================
The following table describes the show npiv devices brief output shown in the example below. Field Description ENode-Intf S5000 Ethernet interface (slot/port) to which a server CNA is connected. ENode-WWPN Worldwide port name (WWPN) of a server CNA port. FCoE-Vlan VLAN ID of the dedicated VLAN used to transmit FCoE traffic to and from the fabric. Fabric-Intf Fabric-facing Fibre Channel port (slot/port) on which FC traffic is transmitted to the specified fabric.
Example NPIV Proxy Gateway Field Description FCF MAC Fibre Channel forwarder MAC: MAC address of S5000 FCF interface. Fabric Intf Fabric-facing Fibre Channel port (slot/port) on which FCoE traffic is transmitted to the specified fabric. FCoE VLAN ID of the dedicated VLAN used to transmit FCoE traffic from a server CNA to a fabric and configured on both the serverfacing S5000 port and server CNA port.
LoginMethod Secs Status Related Commands : : : FDISC 5593 LOGGED_IN dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure DCB parameters on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability.
show qos dcb-map Display the DCB parameters configured in a specified DCB map. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show qos dcb-map map-name map-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Displays the PFC and ETS parameters configured in the specified map. Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands 970 dcb-map — creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports.
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2) 39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2) is supported on the S5000 switch. Up to 16 OSPF instances can run simultaneously on the S5000. OSPF is an interior gateway protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single autonomous system (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area (NSSA). S5000 Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [noredistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, use the no area area-id nssa command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default.
not-advertise Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords not-advertise to set the status to DoNotAdvertise (that is, the Type 3 summary-LSA is suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Introduced on the S5000. Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized.
area virtual-link Set a virtual link and its parameters. S5000 Syntax area area-id virtual-link router-id [[authentication-key [encryption-type] key] | [message-digest-key keyid md5 [encryption-type] key]] [dead-interval seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] To delete a virtual link, use the no area area-id virtual-link router-id command.
transmit-delay seconds Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords transmit-delay followed by the number of seconds for the interval. The range is 1 to 8192. The default is 1 second. • dead-interval seconds = 40 seconds • hello-interval seconds = 10 seconds • retransmit-interval seconds = 5 seconds • transmit-delay seconds = 1 second ROUTER OSPF Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip ospf process-id [process] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. process (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword process to reset the OSPF process. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
• neighbor router-id Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor followed by the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Introduced on the S5000. show ip ospf statistics – displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output for the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. Dell Networking OS supports version 2 only.
Example • N - (N-bit is not set) • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval. di: Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval.
metric-type type-value route-map map-name Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type followed by an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Introduced on the S5000.
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S5000 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Introduced on the S5000. show ip ospf asbr – displays the VLAN configuration.
Command Modes Command History ROUTER OSPF Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S5000 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command.
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. S5000 Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface-type slot/port] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface-type slot/port] command. Parameters prefix-listname in Enter the name of a configured prefix list followed by the keyword in. interface-type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11.
Parameters prefix-listname out Enter the name of a configured prefix list followed by the keyword out. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to specify that only manually configured routes are distributed. Defaults Not configured.
Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies. Generally, convergence level 1 meets most convergence requirements. Higher convergence levels should only be selected following consultation with Dell Networking technical support. flood-2328 Enable RFC-2328 flooding behavior.
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors will continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. S5000 Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters seconds Defaults Not Configured Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 9.0(1.
graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. S5000 Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplannedonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme untill the grace period expires. S5000 Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Defaults zero (0) seconds.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. S5000 Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth.
Parameters seconds Defaults 40 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times the default hello-interval. Related Commands ip ospf hello-interval – sets the time interval between the hello packets. ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. S5000 Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters keyid Enter a number as the key ID. The range is 1 to 255. key Enter a continuous character string as the password. Defaults No MD5 authentication is configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S5000 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command. Parameters broadcast Enter the keyword broadcast to designate the interface as part of a broadcast network. point-to-point Enter the keywords point-to-point to designate the interface as part of a point-to-point network. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 9.0(1.
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S5000 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. log-adjacency-changes Set Dell Networking OS to send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state. S5000 Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable the Syslog messages, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths.
mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. S5000 Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process is used.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER OSPF Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output will not list Area 0. passive-interface Suppress both receiving and sending routing updates on an interface.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Although the passive interface will neither send nor receive routing updates, the network on that interface will still be included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive. You can then configure individual interfaces, where adjacencies are desired, using the no passiveinterface interface command.
debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process. S5000 Syntax debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | databasetimer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, use the no debug ip ospf command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information 998 process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 4/3 dst: 224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S5000 Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type typevalue] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
router-id Use this command to configure a fixed router ID. S5000 Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the router ID in the IP address format. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 2 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. The following describes the output from the show ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Line Beginning with Description Routing Process... Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. Supports only...
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary routers (ASBR) visible to OSPF. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to isolate problems with external routes.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to the display the number of LSA types in each area and the total number of LSAs. • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 11.1.2.1 192.68.135.2 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 718 1663 1192 1184 148 0x80000002 0x80000054 0x8000006b 0x8000006b 0x8000006d 0x7828 0xd8d6 0x2718 0x1c22 0x533b 0 0 0 0 0 show ip ospf database asbr-summary – displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs.
Example • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID.
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Example Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Identifies the link state sequence number. This number enables you to identify old or duplicate LSAs. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the an LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type.
Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database – displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
• • • Example TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
Related Commands show ip ospf database – displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] link-state-id adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1014 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
Opaque ID Example Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.3) (Process ID 1) Type-10 Opaque Link Area (Area 0) LS age: 1133 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.
• adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Introduced on the S5000. show ip ospf database – displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show ip ospf database – displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database router [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
• • Example DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router. LS Seq Number Displays the link state sequence number. This number detects duplicate or old LSAs.
(Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.
adv-router ipaddress Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router followed by the IP address of an Advertising Router to display only the LSA information about that router. Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output for the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the Example below. LS Age Displays the LSA age.
Link State ID: 192.68.16.0 Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. Introduced on the S5000.
BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.2 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.1, Interface address 192.168.1.1 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 13/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.
Usage Information Example The following describes output for the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the Example below. Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until Dell Networking OS declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information.
Example • The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. Dell#show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 2 13.0.0.3 172.30.1.0 2 13.0.0.3 Dell# Interface Lo 0 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Area 0 1 0 1 Type Intra-Area Intra-Area Intra-Area External Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output from the show ip ospf statistics processid global command shown in the Example below. Total Displays the total number of packets received/transmitted by the OSPF process. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets.
Example Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state. Auth-Error Simple authentication error. MD5-Error MD5 error Cksum-Err Checksum Error Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process.
Example (Statistics) • The packet count received and transmitted for each neighbor • Dead timer remaining value for each neighbor • Transmit timer remaining value for each neighbor • The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor • The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 Hello-Timer 9, Wait-Timer 0, Grace-Timer 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Error Version SeqNo-Err 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
show ip ospf virtual-links Display the OSPF virtual links configured and is useful for debugging OSPF routing operations. If no OSPF virtual-links are enabled on the switch, no output is generated. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example show ip ospf process-id virtual-links process-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Hello due in 00:00:02 Dell# summary-address Set the OSPF ASBR to advertise one external route. S5000 Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to be summarized. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to be summarized.
timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. S5000 Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds.
max-interval Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Set the maximum amount of time the system waits before sending the LSA. The range is 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. • start-interval : 0 msec • hold-interval : 5000 msec • max-interval : 5000 msec ROUTER OSPF Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached.
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 40 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. Dell Networking OS supports PBR on the S5000 switch.
ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. S5000 Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-vl-) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Parameters redirect-listname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of a redirect list. Introduced on the S5000. permit Configure a rule for the redirect list.
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. bit (OPTIONAL) For TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: • operator Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version 9.0(1.3) ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list. S5000 Syntax seq sequence-number {permit | redirect {ip-address} {ipprotocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters 1040 sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535.
bit (OPTIONAL) For TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: • operator Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version 9.0(1.3) ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content. The “VlanID” column displays the corresponding VLAN ID to which the redirect-group is applied. Example Dell#show ip redirect-list test IP redirect-list rcl0: Defined as: seq 5 permit ip any host 182.16.2.10 seq 10 redirect 182.16.1.
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 41 Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands • IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping Used by the bootstrap router (BSR) to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear ip pim snooping tib Clear tree information discovered by PIM-SM snooping from the PIM database.
debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages. S5000 Syntax debug ip pim [bsr | events | group | packet [in | out] | register | state | timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register]] To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group.
ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. S5000 Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time out.
hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is zero (0) to 32. The default is 30. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
ip pim graceful-restart This feature permits configuration of non-stop forwarding (NSF or graceful restart) capability of a PIM router to its neighbors. S5000 Syntax Parameters [ipv6] ip pim graceful-restart {helper-only | nsf [restart-time | stale-entry-time]} ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable graceful-restart for the IPv6 multicast routes. helper-only Enter the keywords helper-only to configure as a receiver (helper) only by preserving the PIM status of a graceful restart PIM neighboring router.
ip pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. S5000 Syntax ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} To remove the access list, use the no ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} command. Parameters ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic.
Command Modes Command History Example INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter Configure this feature to prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM).
Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range: 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. ip pim register-filter Use this feature to prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group.
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. S5000 Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} override To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {groupaddress group-address mask} override command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • priority Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Because PIM-SM snooping is used in a Layer 2 environment, PIM-SM snooping and PIM multicast routing are mutually exclusive. PIM-SM snooping cannot be enabled on a switch/router if PIM-SM or PIM-DM is enabled. If enabled at the global level, PIM-SM snooping is automatically enabled on all VLANs unless the no ip pim snooping command has been entered on a VLAN.
ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources, or for a specific set of (S,G) pairs defined by an access list. S5000 Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds [access-list name] To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is 211 to 86400.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP). no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. S5000 Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled.
show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S5000 Syntax show ip pim bsr-router Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) Uptime: 16:59:06, BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.
Example Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface.
Usage Information The following describes output from the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the Example below. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#sh ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.87.20.4 224.2.217.146 165.87.20.4 224.3.3.3 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 Dell# Example (Mapping) Dell#sh ip pim rp mapping Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4 RP: 165.87.20.4, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:02:46 RP: 165.87.20.
Command History Usage Information Example (#2) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip pim snooping interface commands shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled.
Usage Information The following describes output from the show ip pim snooping neighbor command shown in the Example below. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIMSM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information discovered by PIM-SM snooping for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information discovered by PIM-SM snooping for a specified multicast source. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
• Example received a (*,G) Join message Dell#show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 4/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 TenGigabitEthernet 4/13 Upstream Port -/Dell#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.1.
Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the Example below. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database.
SPT, M- MSDP created entry, A- Candidate for MSDP Advertisement, K- Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 226.1.1.1), uptime 01:29:19, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 8/0 (*, 226.1.1.2), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: TenGigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.
IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv6 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base—TIB). S5000 Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 pim tib [group-address] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
group group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group followed by the group address to invoke debugging on that specific group. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes.
packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM packets. register [group] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register and optionally the group address to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM register messages for a particular group. state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view IPv6 PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: Defaults Disabled.
For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length for RP selection. The range is 0 to 128. The default is 126. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority value for Bootstrap election process. The range is 0 to 255. The default is 0. Defaults Refer to Parameters.
ipv6 pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. S5000 Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim join-filter access-list access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter the keyword in to apply the access list to inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the access list to outbound traffic.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. S5000 Syntax Parameters ipv6 pim neighbor-filter {access-list} access-list Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(conf)#ipv6 pim register-filter REG-FIL_ACL Dell(conf)#ipv6 access-list REG-FIL_ACL Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#deny ipv6 165:87:34::10/128 ff0e:: 225:1:2:0/112 Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#permit ipv6 any any Dell(conf-ipv6-acl)#exit ipv6 pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group. This address is used by first-hop routers to send register packets on behalf of the source multicast host.
Usage Information The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learnt via BSR take priority over static RP addresses. Without the override option, RPs advertised by the BSR updates take precedence over the statically configured RPs. ipv6 pim rp-candidate Specify an interface as an RP candidate.
ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode on the interface. S5000 Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The interface must be enabled (use the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally. PIM is supported on the port-channel interface.
show ipv6 pim bsr-router View information on the bootstrap router (v2). S5000 Syntax show ipv6 pim bsr-router Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
DR : this router Dell# show ipv6 pim neighbor Displays IPv6 PIM neighbor information. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show ipv6 pim neighbor [detail] detail • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to displayed PIM neighbor detailed information. Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) 42 Dell Networking OS supports protocol-independent multicast (PIM)-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands on the S5000. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 PIM Commands • IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands • IPv6 PIM Commands • IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_na me Enter the name of the access list. Defaults Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell Networking OS supports standard access lists for the SSM range. You cannot use extended ACLs for configuring the SSM range.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. IPv6 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv6 PIM-SM and PIM-SSM. • clear ipv6 pim tib • debug ip pim • ipv6 pim dr-priority • ipv6 pim join-filter • ipv6 pim query-interval • ipv6 pim neighbor-filter • show ipv6 pim interface • show ipv6 pim neighbor • show ipv6 pim tib IPv6 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The IPv6 PIM-SSM commands are as follows.
43 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are supported on the S5000. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports only. Logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs), are not supported.
Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. monitor session – enables a monitoring session. monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring. S5000 Syntax monitor session session-ID To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command.
show config Display the current monitor session configuration. S5000 Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(conf-mon-sess-11)#show config ! monitor session 11 source TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 destination TenGigabitEthernet 10/47 direction rx Dell# show monitor session Display the monitor information of a particular session or all sessions.
Related Commands monitor session – Creates a session for monitoring. show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. S5000 Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters session-ID Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. S5000 Syntax source interface destination interface-type slot/port direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface-type slot/port destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters interface-type slot/port Enter the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 44 The Dell Networking OS implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1d standard spanning tree protocol. PVST+ is supported by Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. S5000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter PVST+ mode. extend system-id Use extend system ID to augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN. If for some reason on VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ will then not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in forwarding state.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst Enter the PVST+ mode to enable PVST+ on a device. S5000 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information. interface type slot/port (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Te 1/0 128.426 Te 1/1 128.427 Te 1/16 128.146 Te 1/17 128.147 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.
Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU sent 1579, received 0 The port is in the Edge port mode Example (EDS/ LBK) Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface tengigabitethernet 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is LBK_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------
spanning-tree pvst Configure a PVST+ interface with one of these settings: edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port disablement if an error condition occurs, port priority or cost for a VLAN range, loop guard, or root guard.
loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or port-channel interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst – views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S5000 Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, you can turn this knob command on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. S5000 Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). The range is 1 to 4094.
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. vlan bridge-priority – sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay – changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. vlan max-age – changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst – displays the PVST+ configuration.
Quality of Service (QoS) 45 The Dell Networking OS commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are supported on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic received by this interface. S5000 Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1ppriority command. Defaults Enter a value from 0 to 7. Table 9. Priority Values for 802.
rate police Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peakrate [burst-KB]] [vlan vlan-id] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Specify a value after the keyword as a multiple of 64. committedrate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is 0 to 10000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is 16 to 200000. The default is 50.
Related Commands rate-police – specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters rate shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). Specify a value after the keyword as a multiple of 64. rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps. The range is 10 to 10000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is 0 to 10000.
Defaults Command Modes Command History For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • CoS Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information To apply dot1p-queue-mapping, use the service-class dynamic dot1p command. Related Commands show qos dot1p-queue-mapping – displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. service-class dynamic dot1p Honor all 802.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Enter this command to honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored). You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels.
output QoS policy. The bandwidth-weight command in QOS-POLICY-OUT mode supercedes the service-class bandwidth-weight command. strict-priority queue Configure a unicast queue as a strict-priority (SP) queue. S5000 Syntax Parameters strict-priority queue unicast number unicast number Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword unicast followed by the queue number. The range is 1 to 3. Introduced on the S5000.
To remove the bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of weight to the class/ queue. The range is 0 to 100% (granularity 1%). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. A bandwidth percentage of 0 is allowed and disables the scheduling of that class.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class. This command accesses CLASS-MAP mode, where the configuration commands include thematch ip and match mac options. Related Commands ip access-list extended – configures an extended IP ACL.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show qos statistics – displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. S5000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the policies (80 characters maximum).
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). S5000 Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip accessgroup access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class specified by class-map.
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip dscp and match ip precedence commands are mutually exclusive. Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement.
Usage Information You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip precedence command and the match ip dscp command are mutually exclusive. Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command.
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. S5000 Syntax Parameters match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} dot1p-list Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a dot1p value. The range is 0 to 7. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (input/output) applied on an interface. S5000 Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum).
Parameters policy-mapname Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP.
Related Commands service-queue – assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate – allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy output – applies an output policy map to the selected interface. qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. S5000 Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policyinput qos-policy-name [layer2] command.
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. S5000 Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy.
committedrate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is 0 to 10000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is 16 to 200000. The default is 50. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak followed by a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is 0 to 10000. The default is the same as designated for committed-rate. Defaults Burst size is 50 KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate.
Usage Information rate-shape can be applied only as an aggregate policy. If it is applied as a classbased policy, rate-shape does not take effect. Related Commands rate shape – shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. qos-policy-output – creates a QoS output policy. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. S5000 Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no servicepolicy output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-mapname Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name for the policy map in character format (16 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
class-map class-mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map followed by the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (16 character maximum). NOTE: This option is available under policy-mapinput only. qos-policy qos-policyname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords qos-policy followed by the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (16 characters maximum).
Usage Information After the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings. show qos class-map View the current class map information. S5000 Syntax Parameters show qos class-map [class-name] class-name Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. service-class dot1p-mapping – Identifies the class map. show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. S5000 Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail [interface]} summary interface detail interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example (IPv4) Version 9.0(1.
Trust diffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 - q0 1 CM1q1 2 CM2q2 3 CM3q3 4 CM4q4 5 CM5q5 6 CM6q6 7 CM7q7 Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 8/29 Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell#
qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword qos-policy-input followed by the QoS policy name. Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell# show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details.
show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. S5000 Syntax Parameters show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] qos-policyname Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the QoS policy name. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output from the show qos statistics command Example below. Field Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field.
Queued Bytes (Cumulative) Snapshot of the byte count in that queue. Queued Pkts (Cumulative) Cumulative packet count in that queue. Matched Pkts The number of packets that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched packet counters are not incremented in this field. Matched Bytes The number of bytes that matched the class-map criteria. NOTE: When you configure trust, matched byte counters are not incremented in this field.
Command Modes Command History Example • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name wred_drop wred_ge_y wred_ge_g wred_teng_y wred_teng_g WRED1 min-threshold 0 1024 2048 4096 8192 2000 max-threshold 0 2048 4096 8192 16384 7000 test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage.
instance, the Estimated CAM output column will contain the size of the CAM space required for the Trust rule and not the Class-map rule. The following describes output from the text cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit command shown in the Example below. Field Description Stack-Unit Indicates the stack-unit number. Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number. CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added.
13 Dell# 1 L2ACL 400 200 Alwd(2) trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S5000 Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedence Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 010XXX AF2 Immediate 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0–15 wred Designate the WRED profile to yellow or green traffic. S5000 Syntax wred {yellow | green} profile-name To remove the WRED drop precedence, use the no wred {yellow | green} [profilename] command. Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic.
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. S5000 Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (16 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 46 Dell Networking OS supports the private VLAN (PVLAN) feature on the S5000 switch. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
– A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – Primary or secondary VLAN traffic is carried by the trunk port in Tagged mode. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs. – A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN). ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN.
private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. S5000 Syntax [no] private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} To remove the PVLAN configuration, use the no private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} command syntax. Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. S5000 Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax. Parameters vlan-list Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN.
Parameters interface interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the ID of the specific interface for which to display PVLAN status. Introduced on the S5000. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. S5000 Syntax Parameters show vlan private-vlan [community | interface | isolated | primary | primary_vlan | interface interface] community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword community to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface to display VLANs configured as community VLANs, along with their interfaces.
Example (All) Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
------- --------- --------- -------------------10 Primary Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 102 Isolated Yes Te 0/4 Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan mapping – displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show vlan private-vlan mapping Display primary-secondary VLAN mapping.
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. S5000 Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 47 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking OS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S5000. NOTE: For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. auto-summary Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2.
Usage Information This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables. debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. S5000 Syntax debug ip rip [database | [events [interface-type slot/port] | packet [interface-type slot/port]] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command.
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. S5000 Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by a number as the metric value. The range is 1 to 16.
Command Modes Command History ROUTER RIP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute – allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. S5000 Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, you must also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x). prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name.
• Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a VLAN id number from 1 to 4094. Introduced on the S5000. ip prefix-list – enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. distribute-list out Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip prefix-list – enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S5000 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, use the ip rip receive version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip send version – sets the RIP version to be used for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version – sets the RIP version to be used for the switch software. ip rip send version Set the interface to send a specific version of RIP.
ip split-horizon Enable split-horizon for RIP data on the interface. As described in RFC 2453, the split-horizon scheme prevents any routes learned over a specific interface to be sent back out that interface. S5000 Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, use the no ip split-horizon command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip poison-reverse – sets the prefix for RIP routing updates.
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. S5000 Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Introduced on the S5000. When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address specified by the network command. offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP.
Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list – enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. S5000 Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Defaults Not configured.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128.
Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. S5000 Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is 1 to 65355.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information To enable RIP, you must assign a network address using the network command. Example Dell(conf)#router rip Dell(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands network – enables RIP. exit – returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. Default values are not shown. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the Example below. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the route(s) directly connected. 150.100.0.0 redistributed Lists the routes learned through redistribution. 209.9.16.0/24...
show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. S5000 Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.
flush Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval during which the route is advertised as unreachable. When this interval expires, the route is flushed from the routing table. The flush value should be greater than the update value. The range is zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 240 seconds. • update = 30 seconds • invalid = 180 seconds • holddown = 180 seconds • flush = 240 seconds ROUTER RIP Version 9.0(1.
Remote Monitoring (RMON) 48 Dell Networking OS supports remote monitoring (RMON) on the S5000 switch. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32 bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly.
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. S5000 Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner followed by the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Command History Version 9.0(1.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S5000 Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table.
MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero. owner string Defaults owner Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner followed the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. Introduced on the S5000. show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage.
show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. S5000 Syntax Parameters show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
22 Dell# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S5000 Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
17 18 19 20 21 22 Dell# 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S5000 Syntax Parameters show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
5 Dell# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. S5000 Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. S5000 Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon statistics 6001 RMON statistics entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
9004 Dell# Remote Monitoring (RMON) 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 1181
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 49 The Dell Networking OS implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP on the S5000. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interfacetype slot/port {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface along with the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/ port options are the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63.
Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol spanning-tree rstp – enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. S5000 Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. hello-time – changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-age – changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information.
Related Commands forward-delay – changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age – changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age Set the time interval for the RSTP bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. S5000 Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable Related Commands disable – disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
guard Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output from the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Name RSTP interface. Instance RSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), disabled (DIS), or shut down (EDS Shut).
Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID - ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 0/0 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---Te 0/0 ErrDis 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 P2P No Dell#show spanning-tree rstp Root Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
• 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000 • Port Channel interface with one 1-Gigabit Ethernet = 20000 • Port Channel interface with one 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel interface with one 40-Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1-Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 40-Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port.
You cannot enable STP root guard and loop guard at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message displays: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard. Enabling Portfast BPDU guard and loop guard at the same time on a port results in a port that remains in a Blocking state and prevents traffic from flowing through it.
50 Security The commands in this chapter are available on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking OS.
exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands level Enter the keyword command followed by a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level. name | default Enter one of the following: • For default, the default accounting methods is used. Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event.
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. S5000 Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands aaa accounting – enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user. S5000 Syntax show accounting Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands. S5000 Syntax aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands followed by the command privilege level for command level authorization.
Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEClevel command checking. aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands.
commands level Enter the keywords commands level to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands. Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
command Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Introduced on the S5000. Use the enable password command to define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines.
aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). S5000 Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
Related Commands enable password – changes the password for the enable command. login authentication – enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password – creates a password. radius-server host – specifies a RADIUS server host. tacacs-server host – specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). S5000 Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [...
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. By default, the locally configured username password is used. If you configure aaa authentication login default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods defined by this command for login instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If users encounter an error with the first method listed, Dell Networking OS applies the next method configured.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands LINE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. line – applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines. ip access-list standard – names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on the IP address. ip access-list extended – names (or selects) an extended access list based on the IP addresses or protocols. enable password Change the password for the enable command.
• Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, you must use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”. When the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. NOTE: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters.
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. S5000 Syntax enable secret [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 followed by a text string as the hidden password.
login authentication Apply an authentication method list to designated the terminal lines. S5000 Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command. Parameters method-listname Enter the keywords method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line.
• password 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured. Command Modes LINE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Dell Networking OS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line".
characterrestriction (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords character-restriction to indicate a character restriction for the password. upper number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword upper followed the upper number. The range is 0 to 31. lower number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lower followed the lower number. The range is 0 to 31. numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric followed the numeric number. The range is 0 to 31.
level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number for the access level. The range is 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes and commands. reset Enter the keyword reset to return the security level to the default setting. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in Dell Networking OS. S5000 Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service passwordencryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Usage Information Introduced on the S5000. CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security.
Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) – assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example Related Commands 1212 show users [all] all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. S5000 Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • • • Defaults See above. Command Modes LINE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
access-class access-listname Enter the keywords access-class followed by the name of a configured access control list (either a IP access control list or MAC access control list). nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password followed by the encryptiontype or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret followed by the encryptiontype or the password.
RADIUS Commands The Dell Networking OS supports the following RADIUS commands. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. S5000 Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by a number from 1 to 4094. Introduced on the S5000. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped.
Parameters hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port followed by a number as the port number. The range is zero (0) to 65535. The default port-number is 1812. retransmit retries (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword retransmit followed by a number as the number of attempts.
Related Commands login authentication – sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key – sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit – sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout – sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server.
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. S5000 Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters retries Defaults 3 retries Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. radius-server host – configures a RADIUS host. TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ View TACACS+ transactions to assist with troubleshooting. S5000 Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number. The range is 1 to 128. • For a Ten Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used.
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN ( EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dot1x authentication (Interface) – enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. S5000 Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an interface, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface is moved to the authentication failed VLAN.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. interface range – configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. S5000 Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication will be initiated.
Parameters number Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is 1 - 10. The default is 2. Introduced on the S5000. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time out. S5000 Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs are transmitted by the Authenticator PAE. S5000 Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted.
• Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show dot1x int Te 2/32 802.
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. S5000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa followed by the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024.
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. S5000 Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Related Commands ip ssh server – enables the SSH and SCP server on the switch. ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. S5000 Syntax Parameters ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 1-10 Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is 1 to 10. The default is 3. Introduced on the S5000.
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. S5000 Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange. ip ssh password-authentication Enable password authentication for the SSH server. S5000 Syntax ip ssh password-authentication enable To disable password-authentication, use the no ip ssh passwordauthentication enable command.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command specifies the file to be used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because this command needs to be run just once.
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file to be used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because this command needs to be run just once.
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. S5000 Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {myauthorized-keys} command. Parameters myauthorizedkeys WORD Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys followed by the file name of the RSA authorized-keys. Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server. port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port followed by the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version followed by the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults Default listening port is 22.
NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, this parameter is not available. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
Example Related Commands Dell#sh ip ssh SSH server : SSH server version : Password Authentication : Hostbased Authentication : RSA Authentication : Vty Encryption HMAC 1 3des-cbc hmac-md5 2 3des-cbc hmac-md5 enabled. v1 and v2. enabled. disabled. disabled. Remote IP 10.1.20.48 10.1.20.48 ip ssh server – configures an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pub-keys – displays the client-public keys. show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication.
show ip ssh rsa-authentication Display the authorized-keys for the RSA authentication. S5000 Syntax Parameters show ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} myauthorizedkeys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Display the RSA authorized keys. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file.
Parameters hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the hostname of the remote device. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D. ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
-m -p -v HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) SSH server port option (default 22) SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
Parameters trustdownstream Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. S5000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id followed by the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip followed by the IP address that the server is leasing. interface type slot/port Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S5000 Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. S5000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History 1248 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP Source Guard. S5000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. S5000 Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping.
show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table. S5000 Syntax show ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands 1250 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear ip dhcp snooping – clears the contents of the DHCP binding table.
Service Provider Bridging 51 Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking OS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on the S5000 switch.
For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces.
Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#member Te1/2-3 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel enable Related Command show protocol-tunnel – displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. S5000 Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box. S5000 Syntax protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters rate Enter the rate in frames per second. The range is 75 to 3000. The default is 75.
Parameters vlan vlan-id Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094. Introduced on the S5000.
sFlow 52 Dell Networking OS supports sFlow commands on the S5000 switch. Dell Networking OS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyzes the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. S5000 Syntax sflow collector {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] command.
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. S5000 Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands sflow enable (Interface) – enables sFlow on Interfaces.
sflow extended-switch enable Enable packing information on a switch only. S5000 Syntax sflow extended-switch enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-switch [enable] command. Parameters enable Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keyword enable to enable global extended information. Introduced on the S5000. show sflow – displays the sFlow configuration.
Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) – sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) S5000 Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is the global counter polling interval.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Sample-rate is the average number of packets skipped before the sample is taken. This command changes the global default sampling rate. You can configure an interface to use a different sampling rate than the global sampling rate. If the value entered is not a correct power of 2, the command generates an error message with the previous and next power of 2 value.
show sflow Display the current sFlow configuration. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show sflow [interface type slot/port] interface type slot/port • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword followed by the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
show sflow stack-unit Display the sFlow information on a stack-unit. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show sflow stack—unit {unit-number} unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the stack-unit keyword followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on S5000. Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the Example below always displays a value of zero.
53 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the S5000 switch. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. S5000 Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID – configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group.
readview : v1v2cdefault v1v2cdefault notifyview: v1v2cdefault context specified row status: active Related Commands writeview: context: no snmp-server group – configures an SNMP server group. show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. S5000 Syntax show snmp user Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History Example CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
ipv6 accesslist-name (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by a an IPv6 ACL name (a string up to 16 characters long). security-name name (Optional) Enter the keywords security-name followed by the security name as defined by the community MIB. access-listname (Optional) Enter a standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on theS5000.
! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard – names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ipv6 access-list – configures an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. show running-config snmp – displays the current SNMP configuration and defaults. snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node.
Parameters notificationtype notificationoption Enter the type of notification from the list below: • bgp—Notification of changes in the BGP process. • ecfm—Notification of changes to ECFM. • envmon—For Dell Networking, device notifications when an environmental threshold is exceeded. • isis—Notification of intermediate service traps. • lacp—Notification of changes. • snmp—Notification of RFC 1157 traps. • stp—Notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493).
Related Commands snmp-server community – enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. S5000 Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port port-number engineID] command.
Related Commands show snmp engineID – displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router. show running-config snmp – displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
read name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword read followed by a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the read view name. The default is GlobalView and is assumed to be every object belonging to the internet (1.3.6.1) OID space. write name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword write followed by a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the write view name. notify name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword notify followed by a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the notify view name.
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. S5000 Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address [traps | informs] [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port port-number] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [traps | informs] [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command.
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is 0 to 65535.
NOTE: For v1 / v2c trap configuration, if the community-string is not defined using the snmp-server community command prior to using this command, the default form of the snmp-server community command automatically is configured with the community-name the same as specified in the snmpserver host command. Configuring Informs To send an inform, use the following steps: Related Commands 1. Configure a remote engine ID. 2. Configure a remote user. 3. Configure a group for this user with access rights.
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. S5000 Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information For this snmp-server trap-source command to be enabled, you must configure an IP address on the interface and enable the interface configured as an SNMP trap source. Related Commands snmp-server community – sets the community string. snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
• 1 is the least secure version. • 3 is the most secure of the security modes. • 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1. encrypted (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword encrypted to specify the password appear in encrypted format (a series of digits, masking the true characters of the string). auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption.
Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP. No default values exist for authentication or privacy algorithms and no default password exists. If you forget a password, you cannot recover it; the user must be reconfigured. You can specify either a plain-text password or an encrypted cyphertext password.
Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. S5000 Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show logging – displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer.
default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. S5000 Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. logging console – sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. logging trap – limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity. logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. S5000 Syntax logging {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname} To disable logging, use the no logging command.
To disable logging stored to an internal buffer, use the no logging buffered command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is 40960 to 524288.
Defaults level = 7; size = debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. clear logging – clears the logging buffer. default logging console – returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging – displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers.
• sys13 (system use) • sys14 (system use) • syslog (Syslog process) • user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. logging – enables logging to a Syslog server. logging on – enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured).
logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the Dell Networking OS logging history table. S5000 Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command. Parameters size Defaults 1 message Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Indicate a value as the number of messages to be stored. The range is 0 to 500. The default is 1 message. Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. default logging monitor – returns the logging monitor parameters to the default setting. logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. S5000 Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled.
Parameters interface Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and visa versa. The range is 0 to 7. The default is 2. all Enter the keyword all to turn off all. limit numberof-buffers Enter the keyword limit followed by the number of buffers to be queued for the terminal after which new messages are dropped. The range is 20 to 300.
Defaults 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging – enables the logging to another device. logging on – enables logging. show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Apr 30 11:14:33: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.11.51.14 )by admin Apr 30 10:13:08: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.11.51.14 )by admin Apr 30 10:06:41: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-3AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.11.51.14 ) Apr 30 10:06:36: %STKUNIT1-M:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on vty0 (10.11.51.
defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. S5000 Syntax terminal monitor To return to default settings, use the terminal no monitor command.
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) 54 The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the S5000 switch. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. S5000 Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is 0 to 65535.
Parameters Command Modes Command History stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. protocol spanning-tree – enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. S5000 Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands SPANNING TREE Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. max-age – changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time – changes the time interval between BPDUs. hello-time Set the time interval between generation of the spanning tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S5000 Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
Parameters seconds Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Introduced on the S5000. forward-delay – changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time – changes the time interval between BPDUs.
show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. S5000 Syntax show config Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group.
• Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to display configuration information on the spanning tree group root. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to only the number of ports in the spanning tree group and their state. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You must enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command.
Designated port... Example Displays the designated port ID. Dell#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
Te 1/3 8.28 Dell# Usage Information Example (Guard) 8 4 FWD 0 32768 0001.e800.0a56 8.28 The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
• • Port Channel interface with 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. Port Channel interface with 40-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable STP loop guard on a port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable STP root guard on a port or port-channel interface. portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails.
• If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
Stacking Commands 55 All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. The commands are always available and operational. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S5000 units. For information about using the S5000 stacking feature, refer to the Stacking chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the S5000.
redundancy force-failover stack-unit Force the standby unit in the stack to become the management unit. S5000 Syntax redundancy force-failover stack-unit Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. reset stack-unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). S5000 Syntax Parameters reset stack-unit unit-number hard unit-number Enter the stack-unit number. The range is 0 to 11.
Apr 8 10:22:44: %STKUNIT3-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_DN: Changed interface state to down: Te 4/23 Dell#Apr 8 10:22:44: %STKUNIT3-M:CP %IFMGR-5-OSTATE_DN: Changed interface state to down: Po 102 Apr 8 10:22:44: %STKUNIT3-M:CP %IFMGR-1-DEL_PORT: Removed port: Te 4/0-3,16-47, Fo 4/48,52,60, Apr 8 10:22:44: %STKUNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-2-STACKUNIT_DOWN: Stack unit 4 down - reset Apr 8 10:22:44: %STKUNIT2-S:CP %IFMGR-1-DEL_PORT: Removed port: Te 4/0-3,16-47, Fo 4/48,52,60, Apr 8 10:22:50: %S5000:3 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_DO
Failover Type: Auto reboot Stack-unit: Auto failover limit: Hot Failover Disabled 3 times in 60 minutes -- Stack-unit Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------Stack Unit Config: succeeded Apr 17 2013 09:07:10 Start-up Config: succeeded Apr 17 2013 09:07:10 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Apr 17 2013 09:07:10
Topology Lists the topology of stack ports connected: Ring, Daisy chain, or Standalone. Interface The unit/port ID of the connected stack port on this unit. Connection The stack port to which this unit’s stack port is connected. Link Speed Link speed of the stack port (10 or 40) in Gb/s. Admin Status The only currently listed status is “up”. Link Status Status of the link between stack ports: up or down.
0/7 0/8 0/9 0/10 0/11 1/4 1/5 1/6 1/7 1/8 1/9 1/10 1/11 Dell# Related Commands 1/7 4/12 4/13 4/14 4/15 0/4 0/5 0/6 0/7 2/4 2/5 2/6 2/7 • reset stack-unit – resets the designated S5000 stack member. • show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. • show system – displays the current status of all stack members or a specific member.
12 13 stack-unit priority Configure the ability of an S5000 switch to become the management unit of a stack. S5000 Syntax Parameters stack-unit unit-number priority priority-level unit-number Enter the stack-unit number. The range is 0 to 11. priority prioritylevel Specify the management priority assigned to the switch, where 1 is the lowest priority and 14 is the highest priority.
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit renumber Change the stack-unit number of any stack unit or a stand-alone S5000.
Related Commands • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • reset stack-unit – resets the designated S5000 stack member. • show system – displays the current status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit stack-group Configure the stack unit and stack group by specifying an ID when adding units to a stack to ensure the unit is assigned to the correct group.
upgrade boot (stack unit) Upgrade the boot image (bootflash or bootselector) on one or all stack units in an S5000 stack from the master switch. S5000 Syntax Parameters upgrade boot {bootflash-image| bootselector-image} stack-unit {stack-unit—id | all} {booted: | flash://file-path | ftp:// file-path | tftp://file-path | usbflash://file-path} boot Enter the keyword boot to change the boot image. bootflashimage Upgrade the boot image in the bootflash partition.
Usage Information You must reload the stack after entering the upgrade boot stack-unit command to boot up stack units with the new boot code. Example Dell#upgrade boot bootselector-image stack-unit all booted Password: Current BootSelector information in the system: =============================================================== Card BootSelector Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------Unit0 Boot Selector 1.3.0.0m 1.3.0.0m Unit7 Boot Selector 1.3.0.0m 1.
Cpu1minUsage (90%) 01:01:34: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-TASK_CPU_THRESHOLD: 1min cpu utilization of stack-unit 10 has exceeded the threshold. Top three processes are dla (88.75%), KP (2.50%), frrpaRecv (0.00%) !.!.!.!.!01:01:40: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Overall cpu usage of stack-unit 9 is above threshold. Cpu1minUsage (96%) 01:01:40: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-TASK_CPU_THRESHOLD: 1min cpu utilization of stack-unit 9 has exceeded the threshold. Top three processes are dla (94.83%), KP (2.
scp: After the keyword scp:, enter the location of the source file in the format: //userid:password@host-ip-address/ file-pathname or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp: After the keyword tftp:, enter the location of the source file in the format: //host-ipaddress/file-pathname or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. usbflash: After the keyword usbflash:, enter the location of the source file in the external flash in the format: //file-path or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
.......................................................... ....................................
56 Storm Control The Dell Networking OS storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast). The S5000 switch supports storm control. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported). • An INTERFACE-level command only supports storm control configuration on ingress.
storm control configuration. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers. The port range is 0 to 63. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show storm-control multicast tengigabitethernet 1/0 Multicast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets/Second ----------------------------------------Te 1/0 Ingress 5 Dell# show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration.
Example Dell#show storm-control unknown-unicast tengigabitethernet 3/0 Unknown-unicast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets/Second --------------------------------------Te 3/0 Ingress 1000 Dell# storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. S5000 Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast packets_per_second in] command.
Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed in to S5000 networks.
To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). S5000 Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no stormcontrol unknown-unicast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is 0 to 33554431.
System Time and Date 57 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking OS, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. calendar set Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock.
To manually update the software with the hardware clock, use the clock readcalendar command. Example Related Commands Dell#calendar set 08:55:00 june 18 2006 Dell# clock read-calendar – sets the software clock based on the hardware clock. clock set – sets the software clock. clock update-calendar – sets the hardware clock based on the software clock. show clock – displays the clock settings. clock read-calendar Set the software clock on the switch from the information set in hardware clock (calendar).
month Enter the name of one of the 12 months, in English. You can enter the number of a day and change the order of the display to time day month year. day Enter the number of the day. The range is 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time month day year. year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is 1993 to 2035. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
start-day Enter the number of the day. The range is 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year. start-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is 1993 to 2035. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-day Enter the number of the day. The range is 1 to 31. You can enter the name of a month to change the order of the display to time day month year.
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters Defaults System Time and Date time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. calendar set – sets the hardware clock. clock summer-time date – sets a date (and time zone) on which to convert the switch to daylight saving time on a one-time basis. show clock – displays the current clock settings. clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. S5000 Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command.
clock update-calendar Set the switch hardware clock based on the software clock. S5000 Syntax clock update-calendar Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use this command only if you are sure that the hardware clock is inaccurate and the software clock is correct. You cannot delete this command (there is not a no form of this command). Related Commands calendar set – sets the hardware clock.
Command Modes Command History packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts.
Parameters number Specify a number for the authentication key. The range is 1 to 4294967295. This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default). 7 Specify that the authentication key is entered in DES encrypted format. key Enter the authentication key in the previously specified format.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. S5000 Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ntp multicast client Configure the switch to receive NTP information from the network via multicast.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host. S5000 Syntax Parameters ntp server {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [key keyid] [prefer] [version number] ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). hostname Enter the hostname of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is 1 to 4294967295.
ntp source Specify an interface’s IP address to be included in the NTP packets. S5000 Syntax ntp source interface-type slot/port To delete the configuration, use the no ntp source command. Parameters interface-type slot/port Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the interface type and slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command. Related Commands ntp authentication-key – sets an authentication key for NTP.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#show calendar 16:33:30 UTC Tue Jun 26 2001 Dell# Related Commands show clock – displays the time and date from the switch software clock. show clock Display the current clock settings. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show clock [detail] detail • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers. S5000 Syntax show ntp associations Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example System Time and Date Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer.
172.31.1.33 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 192.200.0.2 0.0.0.0 16 - 256 0 0.00 0.000 16000.0 * master (synced), # master (unsynced), + selected, - candidate Dell# Related Commands show ntp status – displays the current NTP status. show ntp status Display the current NTP status. S5000 Syntax show ntp status Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example 1346 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
root dispersion is 0.39694 sec, peer dispersion is peer dispersion msec peer mode is client Dell# Related Commands System Time and Date show ntp associations – displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations.
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 58 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if used with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. UFD is supported on the S5000 switch. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. • downstream – assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group – creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# description test Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# Related Commands uplink-state-group – creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. You must configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that will be disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. S5000 Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
Defaults Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) • Introduced on the S5000. uplink-state-group – creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups.
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. S5000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are 1 to 16. detail Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream interfaces in each group none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.
Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 0/40(Dwn) Related Commands • show running-config uplink-state-group – displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • uplink-state-group – create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router.
Related Commands • show running-config uplink-state-group – displays the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. • show uplink-state-group – displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. S5000 Syntax upstream interface-type slot/port To delete an uplink-state group, use the no upstream interface command.
You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplinkstate group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both. Example Related Commands 1358 Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# upstream tengigabitethernet 1/10-15 Dell(conf-uplink-state-group-16)# • downstream – assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
VLAN Stacking 59 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. This feature is supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an Dell Networking OS drop precedence. You may enter the command once for 0 and once for 1. S5000 Syntax Parameters dei honor {0 | 1} {green | red | yellow} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped.
dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. S5000 Syntax Parameters dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as besteffort. Defaults All the packets on egress are marked with DEI 0. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History Version 9.0(1.3) • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by slot/port numbers. The ports are 48, 52, 56, and 60. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel followed by a number from 1 to 128. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must enable the stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN.
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show interfaces dei-honor Default Drop precedence: Green Interface CFI/DEI Drop precedence --------------------------------------------Te 0/1 0 Green Te 0/1 1 Yellow Te 8/9 1 Red Te 8/40 0 Yellow Related Commands dei honor show interfaces dei-mark Display the dei mark configuration.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show interfaces dei-mark Default CFI/DEI Marking: 0 Interface Drop precedence CFI/DEI -----------------------------------------------Te 0/1 Green 0 Te 0/1 Yellow 1 Te 8/9 Yellow 0 Te 8/40 Yellow 0 Related Commands dei mark stack-unit stack-group Configure stacking group specified by ID.
vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network. S5000 Syntax vlan-stack access To remove access port designation, use the no vlan-stack access command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Prior to enabling this command, you must enter the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode.
* 1 2 Inactive Active 3 Active 4 Active 5 Active Dell# M M M M M M M M M M M Te 13/13 Te 13/0-2 Po1(Te 13/14-15) Te 13/18 Te 13/3 Po1(Te 13/14-15) Te 13/18 Te 13/4 Po1(Te 13/14-15) Te 13/18 Te 13/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. C-Tag values may be separated by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100. Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Prior to using this command, you must execute the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode. To remove the trunk port designation, the port must first be removed (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. A VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for single-tagged VLANs.
100 Active Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example 2 M Gi 0/42 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface gigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 8/0 Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#exit Dell(config)#interfa
Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) 60 Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the Dell Networking S5000 switch. Virtual link trunking allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core or other switches such as Edge, Access, or top-of-rack (ToR). VLT reduces the role of the spanning tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
clear vlt statistics Clear the statistics on VLT operations. S5000 Syntax clear vlt statistics Command Modes EXEC Command History Related Commands Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show vlt statistics – displays statistics on VLT operations. delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches. S5000 Syntax Parameters delay-restore delay-restore Defaults Not configured.
lacp ungroup member-independent Enable BMP boot for the device connected to the LACP LAG or by a VLT peer device. S5000 Syntax lacp ungroup member-independent {vlt | port-channel portchannel-id} Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. LACP on the VLT ports (on a VLT switch or access device), which are members of the virtual link trunk, is not brought up until the VLT domain is recognized on the access device.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the peer-down-vlan parameter to configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down. When a VLT peer with bare metal provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi.
show vlt Displays status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. S5000 Syntax show vlt [brief | detail] Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number. VLT version numbers are begin with odd numbers such as 3 or 5.
Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.11.200.18 Up 1 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counter Displays the counter information.
Example (igmp-snoop) Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop Total IGMP VLT counters ---------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Example (portchannel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 100 VLT Port-ID: 100 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count
Local System MAC address: 00:01:e8:8a:df:e6 Local System Role Priority: 32768 show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. S5000 Syntax show vlt statistics Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. NOTE: The following Example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
VLT ARP Statistics ---------------ARP Tunnel Pkts sent:0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP-sync Pkts Sent:0 ARP-sync Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP Reg Request sent:19 ARP Reg Request rcvd:10 Related Commands clear vlt statistics – clears the statistics on VLT operations. show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. S5000 Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured.
Parameters mac-address Enter a MAC address in the format aaaa.bbbb.cccc. Default Automatically assigned based on the primary priority and MAC address of each VLT peer. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations. Use the system-mac command to explicitly define the MAC address for the domain.
Use this command to minimize the time required for the VLT system to determine the unit ID assigned to each peer switch when one peer reboots. vlt domain Use this command to enable VLT on a switch, configure a VLT domain, enter VLT-domain configuration mode, set a VLT port delay time, set VLT priorities and configure a VLT peer link. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History vlt domain domain-id domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. You must configure the same domain ID on the peer switch.
Command History 1382 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 61 The virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. This chapter has the following sections: • IPv4 VRRP Commands • IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. S5000 Syntax advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. S5000 Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authenticationtype command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: password Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. S5000 Syntax debug vrrp [vrrp-id] | [interface-type slot/port] | [interface] | {all | packets | state | timer} To disable debugging, use the no debug vrrp [interface-type slot/port] | [interface][vrrp-id] {all | packets | state | timer} command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. description Configure a short text string describing the VRRP group. S5000 Syntax description text To delete a VRRP group description, use the no description command. Parameters text Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a text string up to 80 characters long.
Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address – specifies the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. S5000 Syntax hold-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. This value is used by the VRRP protocol during the MASTER election process. S5000 Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Defaults 100 Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a number as the priority.
Command Modes Command History Example VRRP Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. S5000 Syntax Parameters show vrrp [vrrp-id] [interface-type slot/port] [brief] | [ipv6] vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is 1 to 255.
Usage Information The following describes output from the show vrrp brief command shown in the Example below. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface. If the track command is configured to track that interface and the interface is disabled, the cost is subtracted from the priority value assigned to the interface.
Line beginning with Description TenGigabitEthe rnet 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available) • master (MASTER virtual router) • backup (BACKUP virtual router) the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Adv rcvd:...
Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:01 Virtual IP address: 10.1.1.252 Authentication: (none) Tracking states for 1 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 12/17 priority-cost 10 -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 12/4, VRID: 2, Net: 10.1.2.253 State: Master, Priority: 110, Master: 10.1.2.253 (local) Hold Down: 10 sec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 1 sec Adv rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 1862, Gratuitous ARP sent: 0 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:01:02 Virtual IP address: 10.1.2.
Defaults cost = 10 Command Modes VRRP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. If the interface is disabled, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value and forces a new MASTER election if the priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers. virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. You must set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group to start sending VRRP packets.
You can ping the virtual addresses configured in all VRRP groups. vrrp delay minimum Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after an interface comes up. S5000 Syntax Parameters vrrp delay minimum seconds seconds Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Related Command Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the number of seconds for the delay for VRRP initialization after an interface becomes operational. The range is 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Introduced on the S5000.
Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used in conjunction with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • track • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History debug vrrp ipv6 interface-type slot/port | [interface] | [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface-type slot/port Enter the interface type followed by slot/port or number information. Valid slot numbers are 0-11. The valid port numbers for each interface type are listed below. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by slot/port numbers.
Usage Information If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. S5000 Syntax Parameters show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface-type slot/port] [brief] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is 1 to 255.
VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs. State: master... Displays the interface’s state: • Na/If (not available). • master (MASTER virtual router). • backup (BACKUP virtual router). the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Adv rcvd:... Example This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds.
Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. S5000 Syntax Parameters vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is 1 to 255. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a link-local virtual IP address is configured.
Debugging and Diagnostics 62 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory.
level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning.
offline stack-unit Place a stack unit in the offline state. S5000 Syntax Parameters offline stack-unit unit-number stack-unit unitnumber Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on the S5000. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This is an automatic process.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags.
Usage Information The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface. Similarly, when you configure bufferprofile global, you cannot apply buffer-profile on any interface. If the default buffer-profile (4Q) is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no buffer-profile global command. You must reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect.
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components. S5000 Syntax Parameters clear hardware stack-unit unit-number {counters | unit portpipe counters | cpu data-plane statistics | cpu party-bus statistics | stack-port stacking-port-number} stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11.
clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components. S5000 Syntax Parameters clear hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe counters stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keywords stack-unit followed by 0 to 11 for the stack unit number and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data. port-set portpipe counters Enter the keyword port-set followed by a port-pipe number. Valid ports are 0 or 1.
Usage Information This command enables a hardware watchdog mechanism that automatically reboots an Dell Networking OS switch/router with a single unresponsive unit. This is a last resort mechanism intended to prevent a manual power cycle. show hardware layer2 acl Display Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
cpu party-bus statistics Enter the keywords cpu party-bus statistics, to display the Management plane input/output counter statistics of the pseudo party bus interface. drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Optionally, use the keyword unit with 0 or 1 to select port-pipe 0 or 1, and then use port 0-27 to select a port on that port-pipe.
txDatapathErr txPkt(COS0) txPkt(COS1) txPkt(COS2) txPkt(COS3) txPkt(COS4) txPkt(COS5) txPkt(COS6) txPkt(COS7) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell# Example (Party-Bus) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 cpu party-bus statistics Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 dropped, 0 errors Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 errors Dell# Example (Drops) Dell#sh hard stack-unit 0 drops UNIT No: 0 Total Ingress Drops: 0 Total IngMacDrops: 0 Total MmuDrops: 0 Total EgMacDrops: 0 Total Egress Drops:
1550 xe8 !ena 1550 xe9 !ena 1550 xe10 down 1550 xe11 up 2496 xe12 !ena 16356 xe13 !ena 16356 xe14 !ena 16356 xe15 !ena 16356 xe16 !ena 16356 xe17 !ena 16356 xe18 !ena 16356 xe19 !ena 16356 xe20 !ena 16356 xe21 !ena 16356 xe22 !ena 16356 xe23 !ena 16356 xe24 !ena 1550 xe25 !ena 1550 xe26 up 1550 xe27 up 1550 xe28 up 1550 xe29 up 1550 xe30 !ena 1550 xe31 !ena 1550 xe32 !ena 1550 xe33 !ena 1550 xe34 !ena 1550 xe35 !ena 1550 xe36 !ena 16356 xe37 !ena 16356 xe38 !ena 16356 xe39 !ena 1412 10G FD SW No Forwar
16356 xe40 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe41 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe42 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe43 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe44 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe45 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe46 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe47 !ena 1G FD SW Yes Forward None FA GMII 16356 xe48 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XLAUI 1550 xe49 !ena 40G FD SW No Forward Tag F XLAUI 1550 xe50 !ena
FIP_Flogi_Acc FIP_Flogi_Reject FIP_Logo_Rx FIP_KeepAlive PFC Rx InvalidDestErr FcoePktsRx CVL Sent Related Commands : : : : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FIP_FDisc_Acc FIP_FDisc_Reject FIP_Logo_Resp InvalidCRC PFC Tx TotalErr FcoePktsTx LossOfSync : : : : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 clear hardware system-flow – clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show interfaces stack-unit – displays information on all interfaces on a specific S5000 stack member.
Example Dell#show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 counters ----------------------------------------------------------EntryId Description #HITS ----------------------------------------------------------2048 STP BPDU Redirects 0 2047 LLDP BPDU Redirects 0 2045 LACP traffic Redirects 0 2044 GVRP traffic Redirects 0 2043 ARP Reply Redirects 0 2042 802.
KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00210000 00000000 00000000 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=3, mode=0x01, entries=1} ################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM ############# EID
A ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 3 . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
Symbol & Type Code Description 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 1418 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply .
B SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking OS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE NONE NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_STACK-UNIT_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY %STKUNIT0-M:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD %STKUNIT0-M:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RESV N/A %RAM-5-STACK_STATE:
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply nonredundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MINOR_TEMP: Minor alarm: chassis temperature CHM_MIN_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option TME_TASK_SUSPEND ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %TME-2-TASK SUSPENDED: SUSPENDED - svce:%d - inst: %d - task:%s TME_TASK_TERM %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold.
